Home

Junos® OS CLI User Guide

Contents

1. 27 relative Option ctii erento certa ncn eed rename COMMANA nn usage guidelines renaming IDENTIFI ss replace command usage guidelines seeneennnes replace ODLHORmz uendere qeceirter request command eene tentent usage guidelines sene request message filter request system configuration rescue delete Command tette tatnen ttn ta ttn tnts 297 299 request system configuration rescue save COMMAN ner 297 299 request system halt command 226 request system logout pid pid_number Commande dane 71 request system reboot command 226 resolve command sieste 256 309 CLI User Guide restart cornimandl seeded HERRERA 270 usage guidelines see 16 232 restart routing command eene 225 restarting after software upgrade Software ProCESSES rollback command sse usage guidelines eeeetnntnnnn Routing Engines synchronizing configuration 135 RPC displaying command output ins 27 run command teta ttntt tate ttn tantas ta ttnis 196 usage guidelines eeeeeetennntnnnn 35 S Save COMMAN ner 197 256 usage guidelines 35 298 screen dimnensions nn 229 234 redraWin 2222228 48 screen length setting 245 screen width setting 246 set cli complete on space command 240 Usage guidelines cete te set cli directory c
2. Items to Check Description Command RSVP Status of interfaces on which RSVP is running show rsvp interface Currently active RSVP sessions show rsvp session RSVP packet and error counters show rsvp statistics Related Junos OS Operational Mode Commands That Combine Other Commands on page 18 Documentation Understanding the Brief Detail Extensive and Terse Options of Junos OS Operational Commands on page 19 Junos OS Operational Mode Commands That Combine Other Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series In some cases some Junos OS operational commands are created from a combination of other operational commands These commands can be useful shortcuts for collecting information about the device as shown in Figure 4 on page 18 Figure 4 Commands That Combine Other Commands user host gt request support information root host show system uptime Current time 2007 02 16 13 10 08 PST System booted 2007 02 02 09 21 50 PST 2wOd 03 48 ago Protocols started 2007 02 02 09 24 42 PST 2w0d 03 45 ago Last configured 2007 02 16 03 04 58 PST 10 05 10 ago by root 1 10PM up 14 days 3 48 2 users load averages 0 01 0 02 0 00 root host gt show version detail The request support information B Hostname host command provides output from a Model m320 combination of other operational JUNOS Base OS boot 8 3 R1 1 commands root host
3. Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits on page 120 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 177 CLI User Guide groups Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information 178 Description Options EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series groups group name configuration data when chassis chassis id member member id model model id node node id routing engine routing engine id time start time to end time conditional data lccn reO configuration data lccn rel f configuration data edit Statement introduced before Junos OS Release 74 Create a configuration group group name Name of the configuration group To configure multiple groups specify more than one group name configuration data The configuration statements that are to be applied elsewhere in the configuration with the apply groups statement to have the target configuration inherit the statements in the group when conditional data Option introduced in Junos 11 3 The conditional statements that are to be applied when this configuration group is applied On routers that support multiple Routing Engines you can also specify two special group names reO Configuration statements that are to be applied to the Routing Engine in slot O rel Configuration statements that are to be applied to the Routing Engine in slot 1 The configuration spe
4. Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 43 CLI User Guide Performing CLI Type Checking When you specify identifiers and values the CLI performs type checking to verify that the data you entered is in the correct format For example for a statement in which you must specify an IP address the CLI requires you to enter an address in a valid format If you have not an error message indicates what you need to type Table 9 on page 44 lists the data types the CLI checks Table 9 CLI Configuration Input Types Data Type Physical interface name used in the edit interfaces hierarchy Format type fpc pic port Examples Correct so 0 0 1 Incorrect so O Full interface name type fpc pic port channel logical Correct so 0 0 1 0 Incorrect so 0 0 1 Full or abbreviated interface name used in places other than the edit interfaces type fpc pic port channel gt logical gt Correct so so 1 so 1 2 3 4 5 hierarchy IP address Oxhex bytesoctet lt octet lt octet lt octet gt gt gt Correct 1 2 3 4 0x01020304 128 8 1 128 8 Sample translations 1 2 3 becomes 1 2 3 0 0x01020304 becomes 1 2 3 4 0x010203 becomes 0 1 2 3 IP address Oxhex bytes lt length gt octet lt octet Correct 10 8 128 8 16 1 2 3 4 32 1 2 3 4 destination prefix and prefix length lt octet lt octet gt gt gt lt length gt Sample translations 1 2 3 becomes 1 2 3 0 32 0x01020
5. Used at the beginning of an expression denotes where a match should begin S Used at the end of an expression denotes that a term must be matched exactly up to the point of the character 1 Specifies a range of letters or digits to match To separate the start and end of a range use a hyphen O0 Specifies a group of terms to match Stored as numbered variables Use for back references as 1 M2 N9 i O or more terms One or more terms Any character except for a space N A backslash escapes special characters to suppress their special meaning For example matches period symbol Mn Back reference Matches the nth group amp Back reference Matches the entire match Table 16 on page 238 lists some replacement examples Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 297 CLI User Guide Table 16 Replacement Examples Command Result replace pattern myrouter with router Match myrouter Result router replace pattern 192 168 24 with 10 2 N1 28 Match 192 168 3 4 24 Result 10 2 3 4 28 replace pattern 1 NI with abc amp def Match 1 1 Result abcl ldef replace pattern 1 1 with abc amp def Match 1 1 Result abc amp def Related Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration on page 49 Documentation CHERE Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the Nn Back Reference on page 171 238 Co
6. kernel replication Optional Restart the kernel replication process which replicates the state of the backup Routing Engine when graceful Routing Engine switchover GRES is configured I2 learning Optional Restart the Layer 2 address flooding and learning process I2cpd service Optional Restart the Layer 2 Control Protocol process which enables features such as Layer 2 protocol tunneling and nonstop bridging I2tp service M10 M10i M7i and MX Series routers only Optional Restart the Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol L2TP process which sets up client services for establishing Point to Point Protocol PPP tunnels across a network and negotiating Multilink PPP if it is implemented 274 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands I2tp universal edge MX Series routers Optional Restart the L2TP process which establishes L2TP tunnels and PPPsessions through L2TP tunnels lacp Optional Restart the Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP process LACP provides a standardized means for exchanging information between partner systems on a link to allow their link aggregation control instances to reach agreement on the identity of the LAG to which the link belongs and then to move the link to that LAG and to enable the transmission and reception processes for the link to function in an orderly manner lec number TX Matrix and TX Matrix Plus routers only Optional For a TX M
7. 91 Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration 91 Example Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration 9 Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration 92 Example Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration 92 Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Config Uraiob 2 23 63mm ro o 6m odii et nb C I E CEN Se 94 Examples Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos COMTISUTALION 23 0 stg emat oe ban we v uuexced He eV Od VE 95 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc v CLI User Guide vi Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Chapter 13 Chapter 14 Adding Comments in a Junos Configuration 96 Example Including Comments in a Junos Configuration 97 Using Regular Expressions to Delete Related Items from a Junos ConflgUlgblol seescuetuDastesc teme RESI nes EO Ne veh amp Sici REA dace Deae 99 Example Using the Wildcard Command with the Range Option 100 Committing a Junos OS Configuration 105 Verifying a Junos Configuration ui ese RR RR Ra 3 Ue Rey ks 105 Example Protecting the Junos OS Configuration from Modification or D l tiGn aere dca do nieee iG a SII TIT oes peak ae 105 Committing aJunos OS Configuration vester ec ry bese odode be A 112 Committing a Junos Configuration and Exiting Con
8. Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups on each day the applied configuration group is started and stopped at the specified times This example sets conditions in a configuration group testl such that this group is applied only when all of the following conditions are met the router is a model MX240 router with chassis type LCCO with a Routing Engine operating as REO is memberO of the virtual chassis on nodeO and the configuration group will only be in effect from 9 00 a m until 5 00 p m each day The configuration data has not yet been added to the test group in this example Configuration CLI Quick To quickly configure this example copy the following commands paste them into a text Configuration file remove any line breaks change any details necessary to match your network configuration and then copy and paste the commands into the CLI at the edit hierarchy level set groups test when model mx240 set groups test when chassis lccO set groups test when routing engine reO set groups test when member memberO set groups test when node nodeO set groups test when time 9 to 5 Step by Step The following example requires you to navigate various levels in the configuration Procedure hierarchy For information about navigating the CLI see Using the CLI Editor in Configuration Mode in the CLI User Guide To configure conditions for configuration grou
9. Getting Help About a String in a Statement or Command on page 10 Getting Help About Configuration Statements on page 11 Getting Help About System Log Messages on page 11 Getting Help About Commands Information about commands is provided at each level of the CLI command hierarchy You can type a question mark to get help about commands f you type the question mark at the command line prompt the CLI lists the available commands and options For example to view a list of top level operational mode commands type a question mark at the command line prompt user host gt Possible completions clear Clear information in the system configure Manipulate software configuration information file Perform file operations help Provide help information mtrace Trace mtrace packets from source to receiver monitor Real time debugging ping Ping a remote target quit Exit the management session request Make system level requests restart Restart a software process set Set CLI properties date time craft display text show Show information about the system ssh Open a secure shell to another host start Start a software process Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 9 CLI User Guide telnet Telnet to another host test Diagnostic debugging commands traceroute Trace the route to a remote host user host gt f you type the question mark after entering the complete name of a command or command option the CLI lists
10. e Noonecanlockthe configuration All users can commit all changes to the configuration e Ifyou and another user make changes and the other user commits changes your changes are committed as well configure exclusive One user locks the configuration and makes changes without interference from other users Other users can enter and exit configuration mode but they cannot commit the configuration If you enter configuration mode while another user has locked the configuration with the configure exclusive command the CLI displays the user and the hierarchy level the user is viewing or editing If you enter configuration mode while another user has locked the configuration you can forcibly log out that user with the request system logout operational mode command For details seeCL Explorer configure private Multiple users can edit the configuration at the same time Each user has a private candidate configuration to edit independently of other users When multiple users enter conflicting configurations the first commit operation takes precedence over subsequent commit operations e When you commit the configuration the router verifies that the operational running configuration has not been modified by another user before accepting your private candidate configuration as the new operational configuration e f the configuration has been modified by another user you can merge the modificatio
11. event processing firewall interface control ipsec key management kernel replication 2 learning I2tp service lacp link management mib process pgm pic services logging ppp pppoe redundancy interface process remote operations routing logical system logical system name sampling service deployment snmp statistics service gt lt all chassis all lcc lcc number scc gracefully immediately soft Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Syntax TX Matrix Plus Routers Syntax MX Series Routers Syntax QFX Series Release Information Chapter 25 Operational Commands restart lt adaptive services audit process chassis control class of service dhcp service diameter service disk monitoring dynamic flow capture ecc error logging event processing firewall interface control ipsec key management kernel replication 2 learning I2tp service lacp link management mib process pgm pic services logging ppp pppoe redundancy interface process remote operations routing logical system logical system name sampling service deployment snmp statistics service gt lt all chassis all lcc all sfc lcc number sfc number lt gracefully immediately soft gt restart lt adaptive services ancpd service application identification audit process auto configuration captive portal content delivery ce l2tp service chassis control
12. 216 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 21 Routine Monitoring Table 12 Directories on the Router continued Directory Description altconfig This directory is located on the device s hard drive and contains a copy of the config file structure from the internal flash drive This directory is also used in certain disaster recovery modes when the internal flash drive is not operational Listing Files and Directories You can view the device s directory structure as well as individual files by issuing the file command in operational mode 1 Togethelp about the file command type the following user host gt file Possible completions lt Enter gt Execute this command archive Archives files from the system checksum Calculate file checksum compare Compare files copy Copy files local or remote delete Delete files from the system list List file information rename Rename files show Show file contents source address Local address to use in originating the connection Pipe through a command user host gt file Help shows that the file command includes several options for manipulating files 2 Use the list option to see the directory structure of the device For example to show the files located in your home directory on the device user host gt file list ssh common The defautt directory for the file list command is the home directory of the user logged in to the device In fact the use
13. 48 bps 0 pps more 2 To display information about a specific interface type that interface as a command option user host gt show interfaces fe 0 1 3 Physical interface fe 0 1 3 Enabled Physical link is Up Interface index 135 SNMP ifIndex 30 Link level type Ethernet MTU 1514 Speed 100mbps MAC REWRITE Error None Loopback Disabled Source filtering Disabled Flow control Enabled Device flags Present Running Interface flags SNMP Traps Internal 0x4000 Link flags None CoS queues 4 supported 4 maximum usable queues Current address 00 05 85 8f c8 22 Hardware address 00 05 85 8f c8 22 Last flapped 2008 06 02 17 16 15 PDT 1d 14 28 ago Input rate 0 bps 0 pps Output rate 0 bps 0 pps Active alarms None Active defects None user host gt Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 3 CLI Operational Mode Operational Mode Commands on a TX Matrix Router or TX Matrix Plus Router When you issue operational mode commands on the TX Matrix router CLI command options allow you to restrict the command output to show only a component of the routing matrix rather than the routing matrix as a whole These are the options shown in the CLI scc The TX Matrix router or switch card chassis sfc The TX Matrix Plus router or switch fabric chassis lec number A specific T640 router in a routing matrix based on a TX Matrix router ora TX Matrix Plus router in a routing mat
14. 49 CLI Commit Op rations coo oio ded ur me cu EE Er RuRS Ten ERU 51 Junos OS Commit Model for Router or Switch Configuration 5 Commit Operation When Multiple Users Configure the Software 52 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Table of Contents Junos OS Batch Commits Overview 53 Aggregation and Error Handling 53 Chapter 7 Configuration GrOUDS saci wuchs s aac 9 WU Ea Wale OTe eee ee VON ewe RS 55 Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups 55 Configuration Groups Overview 55 Inheritance Model 2222484 base Ex wu EXON e ead 56 Configuring Configuration Groups 56 Chapter 8 Configuration Management 57 Understanding How the Junos Configuration Is Stored 57 Part 2 Configuration Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration 61 Entering and Exiting the Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode 61 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration 63 Example Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration 64 Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration 65 Example Displaying set Commands from the Configuration 66 Example Displaying Required set Commands at the
15. PART 5 Index Index on page 305 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 303 CLI User Guide 304 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Index Symbols I i interface nares Wana ewes 1 configuration group wildcards comments in configuration statements xviii 96 in syntax descriptions ss xviii in interface NAME 49 regular expression operator ee 237 wildcard character 3 in statement lists 86 regular expression operator 237 period regular expression operator eee 237 comment delimiters 96 in syntax descriptions gt regular expression OPErAtOr nn 145 WILdCAT A nn 145 in configuration statements ccc xviii N in interface NnAMES 49 wildcard characters 145 in configuration statements xviii specifying statements 42 Misil 256 command OUEpUEL 2 tacet 256 in syntax descriptions XViii 256 pipe in syntax descriptions xviii 256 A access privilege levels entering configuration mode 6 activate COMMANA n nn 258 usage guidelines ennt 34 activate statements and identifiers 94 active configuration addresses machine NAM Ci Muni 76 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc annotate command usage guidelines apply groups statement usage guidelines apply g
16. edit user host show interfaces xe 0 0 0 1 unit O fe 3 0 11 vlan tagging unit O f description inet6 configuration IP 2000 c0a8 1bf5 vlan id 100 family inet f address 17 10 1 1 24 family inet6 f address 2000 c0a8 1bf5 3 edit user host replace pattern 1bf5 with Tibf5 edit user host show interfaces xe 0 0 0 1 unit O fe 3 0 11 vlan tagging CLI User Guide unit O description inet6 configuration IP 2000 c0a8 1bf5 vlan id 100 family inet f address 17 10 1 1 24 family inet6 f address 2000 c0a8 1bf5 3 The pattern 2000 c0a8 1bf5 is replaced with 2000 c0a8 1bf5 Related Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Replacing an Interface Name Documentation on page 172 Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration on page 49 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Replacing an Interface Name Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following example shows how you can replace an interface name in a configuration edit user host show protocols f ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 edit user host replace so 0 0 0 with so 1 1 0 edit user host show protocols f ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 1 1 0 hello interval 5 Related gt Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the upto O
17. root root root root root root root root root root root root root root root N NN NN NN N N NY 18 NNN N 10 oOooooooo oo ooooo 3100K 3208K 11252K 2248K 2708K OK 1024K OK 1228K OK 15648K 1020K 2124K 6276K 1156K 1176K 1052K 3668K 1420K 672K OK 216K select select select select select vlruwt Sbwait OK psleep 672K OK 9428K 204K 808K 1492K 404K select psleep select select select select nanslp cooooomnmnmn e oOooooo 14 SIT 54 28 28 26 25 122 17 17 15 15 14 14 Chapter 21 Routine Monitoring 0076 00 00 0076 0076 0076 0076 ooooo0o o 0 00 O 0 00 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 oOooooo oOooooocoo 0076 0076 00 0076 00 0076 0076 pfed bfdd cli eventd dfwd vnlru tnp sntpd 00 vmuncacheda eo ooooo 00 00 0076 00 00 0076 0076 smartd bufdaemon mgd watchdog lacpd kmd cron Table 13 on page 224 lists and describes the output fields included in this example The fields are listed in alphabetical order Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 223 CLI User Guide Table 13 show system process extensive Command Output Fields Field Description COMMAND Command that is running CPU Raw unweighted CPU usage The value of this field is used to sort the processes in the output last pi
18. unit 100 f encapsulation atm snap point to point vci 0 100 family inet f address 10 0 0 100 30 family iso unit 200 f encapsulation atm snap point to point vci 0 200 family inet f address 10 0 0 200 30 family iso Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Interface Naming Conventions Used in the Junos OS Operational Commands on page 211 Example Configuring a Consistent IP Address for the Management Interface on page 154 Example Configuring a Consistent IP Address for the Management Interface Supported Platforms 154 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series On routers with multiple Routing Engines each Routing Engine is configured with a separate IP address for the management interface fxpO To access the master Routing Engine you must know which Routing Engine is active and use the appropriate IP address Optionally for consistent access to the master Routing Engine you can configure an additional IP address and use this address for the management interface regardless of which Routing Engine is active This additional IP address is active only on the management interface for the master Routing Engine During switchover the address moves to the new master Routing Engine In the following example address 10 17 40 131 is configured for both Routing Engines and includes a master only statement Wit
19. wildcard s naming conventions interface 211 nested configuration grOUPS 140 no more COMMAN nn 256 257 no more filter e eA dee epa 29 O operational mode CLI command history eerte 166 switching to configuration mode 74 users monitoring esses 215 word DISTO eto t t etes 166 P parentheses in syntax descriptions xviii partial command entry completing 240 paste command usage guidelines seeenetnntntnnnn 35 peer entities Stern Arr eee 155 permissions CLI displaying cs esseseseses esses eseeteseeeeees 252 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Index pipe command output filtering 25 256 processes entz ipsia 222 restarting programs tmiarasglrig c ce ni ERR DR HE AE 222 prompt setting to display in CL 243 uoce HM 244 prompt strings e uno 230 protect cormland retenta t 190 usage guidelines sene 105 protecting configuration usage guidelines eene 105 Q quit command usage guidelines R reO configuration group 137 rel configuration group sentent 137 redraWing SCIeen i nn Pharma 48 regional configurations 157 regular expressions first match displaying from 28 matching output displaying s 29 nonmatching output ignoring
20. 54 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 7 Configuration Groups Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series This topic provides you an overview of the configuration groups feature and the inheritance model in Junos OS and contains the following sections Configuration Groups Overview on page 55 Inheritance Model on page 56 Configuring Configuration Groups on page 56 Configuration Groups Overview The configuration groups feature in Junos OS enables you to create a group containing configuration statements and to direct the inheritance of that group s statements in the rest of the configuration The same group can be applied to different sections of the configuration and different sections of one group s configuration statements can be inherited in different places in the configuration Configuration groups enable you to create smaller more logically constructed configuration files making it easier to configure and maintain Junos OS For example you can group statements that are repeated in many places in the configuration such as when configuring interfaces and thereby limit updates to just the group You can also use wildcards in a configuration group to allow configuration data to be inherited by any object that matches a wildcard expression The config
21. CLI Configuration MOd exer une huuc detecteur 167 Example Using the configure Command 167 Controlling the CLI Environment 4 169 Example Controlling the CLI Environment 169 CLI Advanced Features iue msticmmainonsssoncemeca encaso 171 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the n Back R IBI NER EI EET ESI ah boite ba Dan our dan 171 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Replacing an Interface Name 24 5220 PEL 172 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the upto ODIO scs doa 4 aed adr ded ad tad deae foe e p and oh oaa dn go dp odor atte bab dai Feat et 173 Configuration Statements 175 ADDIS BTOUDS ERI ETT EET TIT TERI IMP TERDUM E 176 apply groups except llle he 177 commit interval Batch Commits 177 SOUDE M M c TA PPP UTE 178 days to keep error logs Batch Commits 180 deacilVdke xu cuore x vastus S isa 356 S Gs S GAS EAS ODE adt Eod S aub eq 181 GEIST 2 5 2 eise ead doe Kota du Qed eh cab Sse ee Ake dl a eb Aad d d aca 182 edite e a Dodd and en Se ee SIT 183 cr pvc 184 ROBE Mae oad Sha ee aa A eee Sab ab EE 185 MAS GRE yey cdi sy asd AU Aion de chanoine adh g IAS dod wis de ale 186 load PR eee eee oe Aeon ese tie Ua S nid Cure 187 maximum aggregate
22. Current Hierarchy Level 66 Example Displaying set Commands with the match Option 67 Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration 67 Displaying Additional Information About the Configuration 68 Using the configure exclusive Command 7i Updating the configure private Configuration 72 Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface 72 Switching Between Junos OS CLI Operational and Configuration Modes 74 Configuring a User Account on a Device Running Junos OS 76 Example Configuring a Routing Protocol 78 SIGREGBIEA ee En E tee petuo ane en nr dc done 79 lons rConfislation 2h ie ese rece enc tureoX saveur bug es 79 Making Changes to a Routing Protocol Configuration 81 Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration 85 Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers 85 Deleting a Statement from a Junos Configuration 87 Example Deleting a Statement from the Junos Configuration 88 Copying a Junos Statement in the Configuration 89 Example Copying a Statement in the Junos Configuration 90 Issuing Relative Junos Configuration Mode Commands
23. Inc 187 CLI User Guide Required Privilege Level Related Documentation update Discard the entire configuration that is currently shown in the CLI and load the entire configuration Marks changed objects only NOTE If you are using Junos OS in a Common Criteria environment system log messages are created whenever a secret attribute is changed for example password changes or changes to the RADIUS shared secret These changes are logged during the following configuration load operations load merge load replace load override load update For more information see the Secure Configuration Guide for Common Criteria and Junos FIPS configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Loading a Configuration from a File on page 129 maximum aggregate pool Batch Commits Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 188 LN Series M Series MX Series SRX Series T Series maximum aggregate pool maximum number of commits to aggregate edit system commit server Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 121 For Junos OS batch commits specify the maximum number of individual commit operations that are aggregated or merged into a single commit operation maximum number of commits to aggregate Maximum number o
24. Last Modified Wed Nov 2 01 08 18 2011 Status Error while commiting 1008 Patch edit system radius server 10 1 1 1 port 222 The output shows the changes in configuration for each commit job ID Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration 2 To view the patch for a specific commit job ID issue the show system commit server queue patch id id number command user RO gt show system commit server queue patch id 1000 Completed commits Id 1000 Last Modified Tue Nov 1 22 46 43 2011 Status Successfully committed 1000 Patch edit system radius server 192 168 69 162 secret teH bTc RVbPM 192 168 64 10 secret teH bTc RVbPM 192 168 60 52 secret teH bTc RVbPM 192 168 60 55 secret teH bTc RVbPM 192 168 4 240 secret teH bTc RVbPM Meaning The output shows the patch created for a commit job The or sign indicates the changes in the configuration for a specific commit job Viewing the Trace Files for Batch Commit Operations Purpose View the trace files for batch commit operations You can use the trace files for troubleshooting purposes Action Issue the file show var log lt filename gt command to view all entries in the log file user RO gt file show var log commitd nov The output shows commit server event logs and other logs for batch commits Nov 1 22 46 43 Successfully committed 1000 Nov 1 22 46 43 pausing after commit
25. Table 6 Summary of Configuration Mode Commands 34 Table 7 Configuration Mode Top Level Statements 36 Table 8 Forms of the configure Command 4 Table 9 CLI Configuration Input TypeS 0 2 RR 44 CLI Advanced Features ix 2cacisekteaweddiveats rmm uixoE SIR d beeen we 47 Table 10 CLI Keyboard Sequences 47 Table 11 Wildcard Characters for Specifying Interface Names 49 Administration Routine Monitorlng 2 22 cine eevee su ous mec ED onc Roma Ro tags eee 213 Table 12 Directories on the Router 216 Table 13 show system process extensive Command Output Fields 224 Managing the CLI Environment 229 Table 14 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands 233 CLI Advanced Features 2 237 Table 15 Common Regular Expressions to Use with the replace Command 237 Table 16 Replacement Examples 238 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands 239 Table 17 show cli Output Fields 250 Operational Commands 255 Table 18 show system commit Output Fields 289 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc xiii CLI User Guide xiv Copyright
26. edit interfaces s0 0 0 0 unit O load patch family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 Figure 12 Using the set Option File contents edit access set profile p1 client cl ike edit profile p1 client cl ike set pre shared key ascii text abcd set allowed proxy pair local 1 1 1 1 remote 2 2 2 2 exit deactivate profile p1 top edit system set radius server 1 1 1 1 load set New contents system radius server 11 1 1 access inactive profile p1 client cl ike Chapter 12 Loading a Junos OS Configuration New contents interfaces so 0 0 0 unit O family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 fxpO unit O family inet address 192 168 6 193 24 loO unit O family inet address 127 0 0 1 32 h1969 allowed proxy pair local 1 1 1 1 32 remote 2 2 2 2 32 pre shared key ascii text 9 Ydg4ZDjqf5FVw SECRET DATA 9017215 Loading a Configuration from a File on page 129 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 133 CLI User Guide 134 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 13 Synchronizing the Junos OS Configuration Synchronizing Routing Engines on page 135 Synchronizing Routing Engines Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series If your router has two Routing Engines you can manually direct one Routing Engine to synchronize its configuration w
27. edit private configuration mode Scheduling a Junos Commit Operation on page 116 Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Scheduling a Junos Commit Operation Supported Platforms 116 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series T Series You can schedule when you want your candidate configuration to become active To save Junos OS configuration changes and activate the configuration on the router at a future time or upon reboot use the commit at configuration mode command specifying reboot or a future time at the edit hierarchy level edit user host commit at string Where string is reboot or the future time to activate the configuration changes You can specify time in two formats Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration Atime value in the form hh mm ss hours minutes and optionally seconds Commit the configuration at the specified time which must be in the future but before 11 59 59 PM on the day the commit at configuration mode command is issued Use 24 hour time for the hh value for example 04 30 00 is 4 30 00 AM and 20 00 is 8 00 PM The time is interpreted with respect to the clock and time zone settings on the router date and time value in the form yyyy mm dd hh mm ss year month date hours minutes and optionally seconds Commit the configuration at the specified day and time which must be after the commit at command is
28. top on page 201 Upon page 204 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 203 CLI User Guide Up Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 204 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series up number lt configuration command gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 74 Move up one level in the statement hierarchy none Move up one level in the configuration hierarchy configuration command Optional Issue configuration mode commands from a location higher in the hierarchy number Optional Move up the specified number of levels in the configuration hierarchy configure To enter configuration mode Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 exit on page 184 top on page 201 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc update Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series update Command introduced in Junos OS Release 7 5 Update private candidate configuration with a copy of the most recently committed configuration including your private changes NOTE The update command is available only when you are in configure private
29. user host gt show log log file 1 hold This filter is useful when you want to scroll or search through output Displaying Output Beginning with the Last Entries 28 To display text starting from the end of the output enter last lines after the pipe symbol 1 The following example displays the last entries in log file 1 file user host gt show log log file 1 last Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 3 CLI Operational Mode This filter is useful for viewing log files in which the end of the file contains the most recent entries D NOTE When the number of lines requested is less than the number of lines that the screen length setting permits you to display Junos returns as many lines as permitted by the screen length setting That is if your screen length is set to 20 lines and you have requested only the last 10 lines Junos returns the last 19 lines instead of the last 10 lines Displaying Output That Matches a Regular Expression To display output that matches a regular expression enter match regular expression after the pipe symbol If the regular expression contains any spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose it in quotation marks For information on common regular expression operators see Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 24 The following example matches all the Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM interfaces in th
30. 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 Deleting a Statement from a Junos Configuration on page 87 Example Deleting a Statement from the Junos Configuration on page 88 Copying a Junos Statement in the Configuration on page 89 Example Copying a Statement in the Junos Configuration on page 90 Issuing Relative Junos Configuration Mode Commands on page 91 Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 Example Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 92 Example Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 92 Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration on page 94 Examples Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration on page 95 Adding Comments in a Junos Configuration on page 96 Example Including Comments in a Junos Configuration on page 97 Using Regular Expressions to Delete Related Items from a Junos Configuration on page 99 Example Using the Wildcard Command with the Range Option on page 100 Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series All properties of a device running Junos OS are configured by including statements in the configuration A state
31. 2 gzSize 135715 Last changed Mar 2 20 00 2 2 2 2 2 messages 3 gzSize 121633 Last changed Mar 2 21 00 messages 4 messages 5 gzSize 137504 Last changed Mar 2 19 00 messages 6 gzSize 134591 Last changed Mar 2 18 00 messages 7 gzSize 132670 Last changed Mar 2 17 00 messages 8 gzSize 136596 Last changed Mar 2 16 00 9 messages 9 gzSize 136210 Last changed Mar 2 15 00 user myhost gt show log mes lt Tab gt sages 4 lt Tab gt gz lt Enter gt Jan 15 21 00 00 myhost newsyslog 1381 logfile turned over Related Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History on page 166 Documentation Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 165 CLI User Guide Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History Supported Platforms 166 Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To display a list of recent commands that you issued use the show cli history command user host gt show cli history 3 01 01 44 show bgp next hop database 01 01 51 show cli history 01 02 51 show cli history 3 You can press Esc period or Alt period to insert the last word of the previous command Repeat Esc or Alt to scroll backwards through the list of recently entered words For example user host gt show interfaces terse fe 0 0 0 Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote fe 0 0 0 up up fe 0 0 0 0 up up inet 192 168 220 1 30 user host gt lt Esc gt
32. 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 45 21 UTC CHASSISD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 59 UTC DFWD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 39 32 UTC DCD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 34 24 UTC SNMPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 42 24 UTC MIB2D release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 46 47 UTC APSD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 39 UTC VRRPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 45 44 UTC ALARMD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 34 30 UTC PFED release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 41 54 UTC CRAFTD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 39 03 UTC SAMPLED release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 05 UTC ILMID release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 51 UTC RMOPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 42 04 UTC COSD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 38 39 UTC FSAD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 43 01 UTC IRSD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 35 37 UTC FUD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 44 36 UTC RTSPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 29 14 UTC SMARTD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 13 32 UTC KSYNCD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 33 17 UTC SPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 43 50 UTC L2TPD release 8 4R1
33. 4g Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Related Documentation Chapter 26 Troubleshooting Procedures Returning to the Most Recently Committed Junos Configuration on page 293 Loading a Configuration from a File on page 129 e Specifying Filenames and URLs on page 219 Creating and Returning to a Rescue Configuration Supported Platforms Related Documentation EX Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series SRX Series T Series Arescue configuration allows you to define a known working configuration or a configuration with a known state that you can roll back to at any time This alleviates the necessity of having to remember the rollback number with the rollback command You use the rescue configuration when you need to roll back to a known configuration or as a last resort if your router or switch configuration and the backup configuration files become damaged beyond repair To save the most recently committed configuration as the rescue configuration so that you can return to it at any time issue the request system configuration rescue save command user host gt request system configuration rescue save To return to the rescue configuration use the rollback rescue configuration mode command edit user host rollback rescue load complete e NOTE Ifthe rescue configuration does not exist or if the rescue configuration is not a complete viable configuration the rollback command fails an error me
34. 51 10 Error while commiting 1003 Nov 1 22 52 15 Error while commiting 1005 Toview log entries only for commit server events issue the file show var log filename command with the match commit server pipe option user RO gt file show var log commitd nov match commit server The output shows commit server event logs Nov 1 22 46 39 Commit server status running Nov 1 22 46 39 Commit server jobs 1000 Nov 1 22 46 43 Commit server status not running Nov 1 22 46 43 Commit server jobs Nov 1 22 47 17 Commit server status running Nov 1 22 47 18 Commit server jobs 1001 Nov 1 22 47 18 2 errors reported by commit server Nov 1 22 47 18 Commit server status not running Nov 1 22 47 18 Commit server jobs Nov 1 22 50 31 Commit server status running Nov 1 22 50 31 Commit server jobs 1002 Nov 1 22 50 35 Commit server status not running Nov 1 22 50 35 Commit server jobs Nov 1 22 51 09 Commit server status running Nov 1 22 51 10 Commit server jobs 1003 Nov 1 22 51 10 2 errors reported by commit server Nov 1 22 51 10 Commit server status not running 128 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 12 Loading a Junos OS Configuration Loading a Configuration from a File on page 129 Examples Loading a Configuration from a File on page 131 Loading a Configuration from a File Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series You can create a file copy th
35. CLI to move around and edit the command line You can also use keyboard sequences to scroll through alist of recently executed commands Table 10 on page 47 lists some of the CLI keyboard sequences They are the same as those used in Emacs Table 10 CLI Keyboard Sequences Category Action Keyboard Sequence Move the Move the cursor back one character Ctrl b Cursor Move the cursor back one word Esc b or Alt b Move the cursor forward one Ctrl f character Move the cursor forward one word Esc f or Alt f Move the cursor to the beginning of Ctrl a the command line Move the cursor to the end of the Ctrl e command line Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 47 CLI User Guide Table 10 CLI Keyboard Sequences continued Category Action Keyboard Sequence Delete Delete the character before the Ctrl h Delete or Backspace Characters cursor Deletethecharacteratthecumor Ctl d Delete all characters from the cursor Ctrl k to the end of the command line Delete all characters on the command line Ctrl u or Ctrl x Delete the word before the cursor Ctrl w Esc Backspace or Alt Backspace Delete the word after the cursor Esc d or Alt d Insert Recently Insert the most recently deleted text Ctrl y Deleted Text at the cursor Redraw the Redraw the current line Ctrl l Screen Display Scroll backward through the list of Ctrl p Previous recentl
36. Center CSC that provides you with the following features Find CSC offerings http www juniper net customers support Search for known bugs http www2 juniper net kb Find product documentation http www juniper net techpubs Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base http kb juniper net Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc xix CLI User Guide Download the latest versions of software and review release notes http www juniper net customers csc software Search technical bulletins for relevant hardware and software notifications http kb juniper net InfoCenter Join and participate in the Juniper Networks Community Forum http www juniper net company communities Open a case online in the CSC Case Management tool http www juniper net cm To verify service entitlement by product serial number use our Serial Number Entitlement SNE Tool https tools juniper net SerialNumberEntitlementSearch Opening a Case with JTAC You can open a case with JTAC on the Web or by telephone Use the Case Management tool in the CSC at http www juniper net cm Call 1 888 314 JTAC 1 888 314 5822 toll free in the USA Canada and Mexico For international or direct dial options in countries without toll free numbers see http www juniper net support requesting support html XX Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc PART 1 Overview CLI Overview on page 3 CLI O
37. Character for Operational Mode Commands on page 227 Using the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The Junos OS enables you to filter command output by adding the pipe symbol when you enter a command For example user host gt show rip neighbor Possible completions Enter Execute this command name Name of RIP neighbor instance Name of RIP instance logical system Name of logical system or all Pipe through a command The following example lists the filters that can be used with the pipe symbol user host gt show rip neighbor Possible completions count Count occurrences display Show additional kinds of information except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for first occurrence of pattern hold Hold text without exiting the More prompt last Display end of output only match Show only text that matches a pattern no more Don t paginate output request Make system level requests resolve Resolve IP addresses save Save output text to file trim Trim specified number of columns from start of line For the show configuration command only an additional compare filter is available user host gt show configuration Possible completions compare Compare configuration changes with prior version Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 23 CLI User Guide Related Doc
38. Command Categories 15 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands 16 Junos OS Operational Mode Commands That Combine Other Commands 18 Understanding the Brief Detail Extensive and Terse Options of Junos OS Operational Commands 19 Controlling the Scope of an Operational Mode Command 20 Operational Mode Commands on a TX Matrix Router or TX Matrix Plus olg PPP 21 Examples of Routing Matrix Command Options 21 Using the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output 23 Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command OUUDUEL c ccs ate dro eer yr Re Yd oro etn d op V ens 24 Pipe Filter Functions in the Junos OS command line interface 25 Cornpating ConmflgutalioriS x a oet oo ee teer e droit bv a Pag e 25 Counting the Number of Lines of Output 27 Displaying Output in XML Tag Format 27 Displaying the RPC tags for a Command 27 Ignoring Output That Does Not Match a Regular Expression 27 Displaying Output from the First Match of a Regular Expression 28 Retaining Output After the Last Screen 28 Displaying Output Beginning with the Last Entries 28 Displaying Output That Ma
39. D tati ocumentaton Monitoring the Junos Commit Process on page 117 Monitoring the Junos Commit Process Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To monitor the Junos commit process use the display detail command after the pipe with the commit command Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 117 CLI User Guide Related Documentation user host commit display detail For example edit user host commit display detail 2003 09 22 15 39 39 PDT exporting juniper conf 2003 09 22 15 39 39 PDT setup foreign files 2003 09 22 15 39 39 PDT propagating foreign files 2003 09 22 15 39 39 PDT complete foreign files 2003 09 22 15 39 40 PDT copying configuration to juniper data 2003 09 22 15 39 40 PDT dropping unchanged foreign files 2003 09 22 15 39 40 PDT daemons checking new configuration 2003 09 22 15 39 41 PDT commit wrapup 2003 09 22 15 39 42 PDT activating var etc ntp conf 2003 09 22 15 39 42 PDT activating var etc kmd conf 2003 09 22 15 39 42 PDT activating var db juniper data 2003 09 22 15 39 42 PDT notifying daemons of new configuration 2003 09 22 15 39 42 PDT signaling Firewall daemon pid 24567 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 42 PDT signaling Interface daemon pid 24568 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling Routing protocol daemon pid 25679 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling MIB2 daemon pid 2
40. Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series set lt statement path gt identifier Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Create a statement hierarchy and set identifier values This is similar to edit except that your current level in the hierarchy does not change identifier Name of the statement or identifier to set statement path Optional Path to an existing statement hierarchy level If that hierarchy level does not exist it is created configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy edit on page 183 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 199 CLI User Guide status Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Required Privilege Level 200 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series status Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Display the users currently editing the configuration configure To enter configuration mode e Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration on page 67 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc top Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required
41. Junos OS is installed You must have a direct console connection to the device or network access using SSH or Telnet If your device is not set up follow the installation instructions provided with the device before proceeding To log in to a router and start the CLI 1 Login as root The root login account has superuser privileges with access to all commands and statements 2 Start the CLI root cli root gt The gt command prompt shows you are in operational mode Later when you enter configuration mode the prompt will change to NOTE Ifyou are using the root account for the first time on the device remember that the device ships with no password required for root but the first time you commit a configuration with Junos OS Release 7 6 or later you must set a root password Root access is not allowed over a telnet session To enable root access over an SSH connection you must configure the system services ssh root login allow statement The CLI includes several ways to get help about commands This section shows some examples of how to get help 1 Type to show the top level commands available in operational mode root gt Possible completions clear Clear information in the system configure Manipulate software configuration information diagnose Invoke diagnose script file Perform file operations help Provide help information monitor Show real time debugging information mtrace Trace multicast path
42. Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last user host gt file list var to list 6355 Last changed Feb 13 2005 changed Aug changed Aug changed Apr changed Apr changed Apr changed Aug changed Apr changed Apr 07 07 09 09 16 07 09 11 27823246 Last changed Apr changed Jan changed Apr changed Apr changed Apr changed May 498 Last changed changed Apr changed Apr changed Apr changed Apr changed Apr changed Apr to list changed Jul changed Jul changed Jul changed Jul changed Apr changed Jul changed May changed Jul changed Apr changed Jul changed Apr changed Oct changed Apr changed Jul changed Jul changed Jul changed Jan changed Oct changed Jul changed Apr changed Apr changed Jul changed Apr changed Jul changed Jul changed Apr changed Jul changed Jul 09 11 09 09 09 07 10 09 09 11 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 07 09 16 10 09 31 17 09 09 10 18 31 09 17 17 09 09 09 09 09 09 09 2007 2007 22 31 35 23 28 39 22 35 35 2007 22 36 21 03 14 22 changed Aug 07 2007 22 36 49 2007 22 33 54 22 31 00 22 34 38 20 25 46 Apr 09 22 37 31 02 19 45 22 33 55 23 28 41 03 14 49 22 31 34 22 37 30 2007 2007 2007 2007 22 31 08 2007 20 28 40 2007 22 35 36 2007 22 59 18 2007 02 00 10 2007 2007 2007 02 38 59 2007 2007 02 00 01 00 46 00 2007 22 37 31 2007 2007 23 28 41 2
43. M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series In operational mode you can control the Junos OS command line interface CLI environment For example you can specify the number of lines that are displayed on the screen or your terminal type The following output lists the options that you can use to control the CLI environment user host gt set cli Possible completions complete on space Set whether typing space completes current word directory Set working directory idle timeout Set maximum idle time before login session ends logical system Set default logical system prompt Set CLI command prompt string restart on upgrade Set whether CLI prompts to restart after software upgrade screen length Set number of lines on screen screen width Set number of characters on a line terminal Set terminal type timestamp Timestamp CLI output e NOTE When you use SSH to log in to the router or log in from the console whenits terminal type is already configured your terminal type screen length and screen width are already set This chapter discusses the following topics e Setting the Terminal Type on page 230 e Setting the CLI Prompt on page 230 e Setting the CLI Directory on page 230 Setting the CLI Timestamp on page 230 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 229 CLI User Guide Setting the Idle Timeout on page 230 Setting the CLI to Prompt After a Software Upgrade on page 230 Setting Command Completion on page 231 D
44. M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Insert policy terms in a routing policy configuration Note that if you do not use the insert command but rather just configure another term the added term is placed at the end of the existing list of terms Also note that you must create the term as shown in this example before you can place it with the insert command edit user host show policy options f policy statement statics f term term f from route filter 192 168 0 0 16 orlonger route filter 224 0 0 0 3 orlonger Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration then reject term term2 from protocol direct then reject term term3 f from protocol static then reject term term4 f then accept edit user host rename policy options policy statement statics term term4 to term term6 edit user host set policy options policy statement statics term term4 from protocol local edit user host set policy options policy statement statics term term4 then reject edit user host set policy options policy statement statics term term5 from protocol aggregate edit user host set policy options policy statement statics term term5 then reject edit user host insert policy options policy statement statics term term4 after term term3 edit user host insert policy options policy statement statics term term5 after term term4 edit user host show policy options p
45. O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc About the Documentation Documentation and Release Notes on page xv Supported Platforms on page xv Using the Examples in This Manual on page xv Documentation Conventions on page xvii Documentation Feedback on page xix Requesting Technical Support on page xix Documentation and Release Notes To obtain the most current version of all Juniper Networks technical documentation see the product documentation page on the Juniper Networks website at http www juniper net techpubs If the information in the latest release notes differs from the information in the documentation follow the product Release Notes Juniper Networks Books publishes books by Juniper Networks engineers and subject matter experts These books go beyond the technical documentation to explore the nuances of network architecture deployment and administration The current list can be viewed at http www juniper net books Supported Platforms For the features described in this document the following platforms are supported LN Series e SRX Series Using the Examples in This Manual If you want to use the examples in this manual you can use the load merge or the load merge relative command These commands cause the software to merge the incoming configuration into the current candidate configuration The example does not become active until you commit the candidate configuration If the example configur
46. Output Output Fields Sample Output restart interfaces 278 soft Optional Reread and reactivate the configuration without completely restarting the software processes For example BGP peers stay up and the routing table stays constant Omitting this option results in a graceful restart of the software process static subscribers Optional Restart the Static subscribers process which associates subscribers with statically configured interfaces and provides dynamic service activation and activation for these subscribers statistics service Optional Restart the process that manages the Packet Forwarding Engine statistics subscriber management Optional Restart the Subscriber Management process subscriber management helper Optional Restart the Subscriber Management Helper process tunnel oamd Optional Restart the Tunnel OAM process which enables the Operations Administration and Maintenance of Layer 2 tunneled networks Layer 2 protocol tunneling L2PT allows service providers to send Layer 2 protocol data units PDUs across the provider s cloud and deliver them to Juniper Networks EX Series Ethernet Switches that are not part of the local broadcast domain usb control MX Series routers Optional Restart the USB control process vrrp EX Series switches and MX Series routers Optional Restart the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP process which enables hosts on a LAN to make use of
47. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear Table 18 show system commit Output Fields Field Name Field Description Displays the last 50 commit operations listed most recent to first The identifier rescue designates a configuration created for recovery using the request system configuration rescue save command Commit history Timestamp Date and time of the commit operation Username User who executed the commit operation Commit method Method used to execute the commit operation cli CLl interactive user performed the commit operation Junos XML protocol Junos XML protocol client performed the commit operation synchronize The commit synchronize command was performed on the other Routing Engine snmp An SNMP set request caused the commit operation button A button on the router or switch was pressed to commit a rescue configuration for recovery autoinstall A configuration obtained through autoinstallation was committed other A method other than those identified was used to perform the commit operation Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 289 CLI User Guide Sample Output show system commit user host gt show system commit 2003 07 28 2003 07 25 2003 07 25 2003 07 25 2003 07 25 2003 07 25 Un 4 ww N HO 19 14 22 01 22 01 21 30 13 46 05 33 04 36 132 13 48 21 PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT PDT rescue 2002 05 10 15 32 03 show
48. Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series top lt configuration command gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Return to the top level of configuration command mode which is indicated by the edit banner configuration command Optional Issue configuration mode commands from the top of the hierarchy configure To enter configuration mode Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 exit on page 184 Upon page 204 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 201 CLI User Guide traceoptions Batch Commits Supported Platforms LN Series M Series MX Series Syntax traceoptions f file filename files number flag all batch commit server configuration size maximum file size world readable no world readable Hierarchy Level edit system commit server Release Information Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12 1 Description For Junos OS batch commits configure tracing operations Options file name Narme of the file to receive the output of the tracing operation NOTE If you configure traceoptions and do not explicitly specify a filename for logging the events the batch commit events are logged in the commitd file var log commitd by default files number Maximum number of trace files flag flag Tracing operation to perform To specify more
49. Series T Series Syntax setclirestart on upgrade string off on Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description For an individual session set the CLI to prompt you to restart the router after upgrading the software user host gt setcli restart on upgrade on Enabling restart on upgrade Options off Disables the prompt on Enables the prompt Required Privilege view Level Related Setting the CLI to Prompt After a Software Upgrade on page 230 Documentation 244 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 24 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands set cli screen length Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series T Series set cli screen length length Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Set terminal screen length user host gt set cli screen length 75 Screen length set to 75 length Number of lines of text that the terminal screen displays The range of values in number of lines is 24 through 100 000 The default is 24 The point at which the more prompt appears on the screen is a function of this setting and the settings for the set cli screen width and set cli terminal commands view Setting the Screen Length on page 234 Understanding the Screen Length and Width Settings on page 235 Setcli screen width
50. Series T Series Syntax rename statement path identifier to identifier2 Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Rename an existing configuration statement or identifier Options identifierl Existing identifier to rename identifier2 New name of identifier statement path Optional Path to an existing statement or identifier e NOTE For example to rename interface ge 0 0 0 0 to ge 0 0 10 0 at the following hierarchy level logical systems f logical system abc f Ca protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface ge 0 1 0 0 Issue the following command rename logical systems logical system abc protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface ge 0 1 0 0 0 to interface ge 0 1 10 0 Required Privilege configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on Level where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Related Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 Documentation 192 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 19 Configuration Statements rename Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Syntax rename statement path identifier to identifier2 Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Rename an existing configuration statement or identifier Options identifierl Existing identifier to rename identifier2 New
51. Statements and Identifiers on page 85 D tati ioa E Example Including Comments in a Junos Configuration on page 97 Example Including Comments in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To add comments to a Junos configuration edit user host show protocols f ospf 1 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 97 CLI User Guide area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 edit user host edit protocols ospf edit protocols ospf user host set area 0 0 0 0 user host annotate area 0 0 0 0 Backbone area configuration added June 15 1998 edit protocols ospf user host edit area 0 0 0 0 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host annotate interface soO Interface from router sj to router sj2 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host top edit user host show protocols ospf Backbone area configuration added June 15 1998 area 0 0 0 0 Interface from router sjl to router sj2 interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 edit user host The following excerpt from a configuration example illustrates how to enter comments in a configuration file This comment goes with routing options routing options This comment goes with routing options traceoptions traceoptions f This comment goes with routing options traceoptions tracefile tracefile rpd size 1m files 10 This comment goe
52. any of the users editing the configuration issues a commit command all changes made by all users are checked and activated If you enter configuration mode with the configure private command each user has a private candidate configuration to edit somewhat independently of other users When Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 39 CLI User Guide Related Documentation you commit the configuration only your own changes get committed To synchronize your copy of the configuration after other users have committed changes you can run the update command in configuration mode A commit operation also updates all of the private candidate configurations For example suppose user X and user Y are both in configure private mode and user X commits a configuration change When user Y performs a subsequent commit operation and then views the new configuration the new configuration seen by user Y includes the changes made by user X If you enter configuration mode with the configure exclusive command you lock the candidate configuration for as long as you remain in configuration mode allowing you to make changes without interference from other users Other users can enter and exit configuration mode but they cannot commit the configuration This is true even if the otherusers entered configuration mode before you enter the configure exclusive command For example suppose user X is already in the configure private or configure mode Then suppose
53. applied to the configuration issue the show display inheritance defaults command For example to view the inherited Junos defaults at the edit system ports hierarchy level user host show system ports display inheritance defaults console was inherited from group junos defaults vt1OO was inherited from group junos defaults console type vt100O If you choose not to use existing Junos default statements you can create your own configuration groups manually To view the complete configuration information without the comments marked with use the no comments option with the display inheritance command Related Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 D tati MEMHICRESUen Configuring Configuration Groups on page 56 162 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 15 CLI Online Help Examples Using Command Completion in Configuration Mode on page 163 Examples Using the Junos OS CLI Command Completion on page 165 e Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History on page 166 Examples Using Command Completion in Configuration Mode Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series List the configuration mode commands edit user host Enter Execute this command activate Remove the inactive tag from a statement annotate Annotate the statement with a comment commi t Commit current set of changes copy Copy a statement deactivate
54. at the end of a command that changes the configuration such as set edit or delete When any of the users editing the configuration issues a commit command all changes made by all users are checked and activated If you enter configuration mode with the configure private command each user has a private candidate configuration to edit somewhat independently of other users When you commiit the configuration only your own changes get committed To synchronize your copy of the configuration after other users have committed changes you can run the update command in configuration mode A commit operation also updates all of the private candidate configurations For example suppose user X and user Y are both in configure private mode and user X commits a configuration change When user Y performs a subsequent commit operation and then views the new configuration the new configuration seen by user Y includes the changes made by user X If you enter configuration mode with the configure exclusive command you lock the candidate configuration for as long as you remain in configuration mode allowing you to make changes without interference from other users Other users can enter and exit configuration mode but they cannot commit the configuration This is true even if the other users entered configuration mode before you enter the configure exclusive command For example suppose user X is already in the configure private or configure mode Then supp
55. ce tette 140 OVerview peer entities FEO rel SPOUDS csessssssssssesesesesesesessesescsessscseseeeeeeesssesees 187 regional configurations 157 sets of statements ss 151 WildCar ds se 145 159 configuration mode CL 86 112 command COMPILATION nes 12 commands ACLIVALR enr ite a d uites 34 ANNOTAL ESS nn 34 cole a ag s sr nn S nn Riel 34 update E E nn 35 configuration hierarchy description 37 description tee aN ET AS A RTS Pm exalnplB ete Nu 4 oio M global replacernment nies identifier description jn fele dq statement CONTAN E sistema 37 desctiptiOni eate teen 36 leaf ettet e t wna 37 switching to operational mode 74 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Index top level statements interpreting 36 Users editing configuration displaying 5 neret d 67 multiple simultaneous users 39 52 configuration mode entering configuration statements adding comments about 96 celetirig rtt teer 87 hielpabott nciht ane 11 inheriting from groups 151 OVOrVIeWS cista te n e mte 85 structure and COMPONENTS rs 42 configure command 263 names and addresses 76 usage guidelines 16 61 232 configure exclusive command usage guidelines senes 71 container hierarchy See hierarchy conventions TEXT AN GESYINGAN acci ecrit
56. configuration group to be applied If only the start time is specified the configuration group is applied at the specified time and remains in effect until the time is changed If the end time is specified then on each day the applied configuration group is started and stopped at the specified times The syntax for specifying the time is time lt start time gt to end time using the time format yyyy mm dd hh mm hh mm or hh configure To enter configuration mode Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 apply groups on page 176 apply groups except on page 177 Broups on page 178 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc wildcard delete Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series wildcard delete lt statement path gt identifier lt regular expression gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Delete a statement or identifier All subordinate statements and identifiers contained within the specified statement path are deleted with it Deleting a statement or an identifier effectively unconfigures or disables the functionality associated with that statement or identifier If you do not specify statement path or identifier the entire hierarchy starting at the current hierarchy level is removed iden
57. defaults as a configuration group name in an apply groups statement To view the full set of available preset statements from the Junos defaults group issue the show groups junos defaults configuration mode command at the top level of the configuration The following example displays a partial list of Junos defaults groups user host show groups junos defaults Make vt100 the default for the console port Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups system ports console type vt100 applications f 3t File Transfer Protocol application junos ftp f application protocol ftp protocol tcp destination port 21 Trivial File Transfer Protocol application junos tftp f application protocol tftp protocol udp destination port 69 RPC port mapper on TCP application junos rpc portmap tcp application protocol rpc portmap protocol tcp destination port 111 RPC port mapper on UDP To reference statements available from the junos defaults group include the selected junos default name statement at the applicable hierarchy level Related Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 D tati ocumentaton Example Referencing the Preset Statement From the Junos defaults Group on page 161 Example Viewing Default Statements That Have Been Applied to the Configuration on page 162 Example Referencing the Preset Statement From the Junos defau
58. diameter service disw ethernet connectivity event processing fibre channel firewall general authentication service igmp host services interface control ipsec key management isdn signaling l2ald I2 learning l2tp service mib process named service network access service nstrace process pgm ppp pppoe redundancy interface process remote operations logical system name routing sampling secure neighbor discovery service deployment snmp usb control web management gracefully immediately soft Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9 0 for EX Series switches Command introduced in Junos OS Release 11 1 for the QFX Series Options added dynamic flow capture in Junos OS Release 74 event processing in Junos OS Release 7 5 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 271 CLI User Guide Description Options 272 pppin Junos OS Release 7 5 2ald in Junos OS Release 8 0 link management in Release 8 0 pgcp service in Junos OS Release 8 4 Sbc configuration process in Junos OS Release 9 5 Services pgcp gateway in Junos OS Release 9 6 sfc and all sfc for the TX Matrix Router in Junos OS Release 9 6 Restart a Junos OS process CAUTION Never restart a software process unless instructed to do so by a customer support engineer A restart might cause the router or switch to drop calls and interrup
59. done typing the identifier name Displaying Tips About CLI Commands To get tips about CLI commands issue the help tip cli command Each time you enter the command a new tip appears For example user host gt help tip cli Junos tip Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 2 CLI Online Help Use request system software validate to validate the incoming software against the current configuration without impacting the running system user host gt help tip cli Junos tip Use commit and quit to exit configuration mode after the commit has succeeded If the commit fails you are left in configuration mode You can also enter help tip cli number to associate a tip with a number This enables you to recall the tip at a later time For example user host gt help tip cli 1O JUNOS tip Use in the beginning of a line in command scripts to cause the rest of the line to be ignored user host gt help tip cli JUNOS tip Use the apply groups statement at any level of the configuration hierarchy to inherit configuration statements from a configuration group user host gt Related gt Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 72 D tati ae Examples Using the Junos OS CLI Command Completion on page 165 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 13 CLI User Guide 14 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 3 CLI Operational Mode Overview of Junos OS CLI Op
60. edit user host If the commit is not confirmed within a certain time 10 minutes by default Junos OS automatically rolls back to the previous configuration and a broadcast message is sent to all logged in users Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 115 CLI User Guide Related Documentation To show when a rollback is scheduled after a commit confirmed command enter the show system commit command For example user host gt show system commit O 2005 01 05 15 00 37 PST by root via cli commit confirmed rollback in 3mins Like the commit command the commit confirmed command verifies the configuration syntax and reports any errors If there are no errors the configuration is activated and begins running on the router Figure 7 on page 116 illustrates how the commit confirmed command works Figure 7 Confirm a Configuration Candidate Running configuration configuration limited time only Commit or check the configuration Edit the configuration Current running Expiration of New running configuration limited time configuration default 10 minutes To change the amount of time before you have to confirm the new configuration specify the number of minutes when you issue the commana edit user host commit confirmed minutes commit complete edit user host In Junos OS Release 11 4 and later you can also use the commit confirmed command in the
61. family inet vrrp group 27 user host set priority Understanding the Junos OS CLI Modes Commands and Statement Hierarchies on page 5 Getting Online Help from the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 9 Configuring a User Account on a Device Running Junos OS on page 76 Configuring a User Account on a Device Running Junos OS Supported Platforms 76 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series This topic describes how to log on to a device running Junos OS using a root account and configure a new user account You can configure an account for your own use or create a test account To configure a new user account on the device Log in as root and enter configuration mode root host gt configure edit root host The prompt in brackets edit also known as a banner shows that you are in configuration edit mode at the top of the hierarchy Change to the edit system login section of the configuration edit root host edit system login edit system login root host The prompt in brackets changes to edit system login to show that you are at a new level in the hierarchy Now add a new user account edit system login root host edit user nchen This example adds an account nchen for Nathan Chen Configure a full name for the account If the name includes spaces enclose the entire name in quotation marks edit system login user nchen root host s
62. file systems are on the router s hard disk if available Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 19 CLI User Guide Related Documentation e NOTE To back up the file system on a J Series Services Router you must specify a media type primary compact flash drive removable compact flash drive or USB storage device for backup For more information about the request system snapshot command see CLI Explorer After you issue the request system snapshot command you cannot return to the previous version of the software because the running and backup copies of the software are identical Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits Supported Platforms LN Series M Series MX Series T Series Junos OS Batch Commits Overview on page 120 Example Configuring Batch Commit Server Properties on page 121 Junos OS Batch Commits Overview Supported Platforms 120 LN Series M Series MX Series T Series Junos OS provides a batch commit feature that aggregates or merges multiple configuration edits from different CLI sessions or users and adds them to a batch commit queue A batch commit server running on the device takes one or more jobs from the batch commit queue applies the configuration changes to the shared configuration database and then commits the configuration changes in a single commit operation Batches are prioritized by the commit server based on priority o
63. following error message edit user host protect access warning statement not found Protecting a Child Hierarchy Step by Step To protect a child hierarchy contained within a parent hierarchy Procedure Navigate to the parent container hierarchy Use the protect command for the hierarchy at the parent level For example if you want to protect the edit system syslog console hierarchy level use the following command at the edit system syslog hierarchy level edit system syslog user host protect console Results Protects all elements under the child hierarchy Protecting a Configuration Statement Within a Hierarchy Step by Step To protect a configuration statement within a hierarchy level Procedure Navigate to the hierarchy level containing the statement that you want to protect and issue the protect command for the hierarchy For example if you want to protect the host name statement under the edit system hierarchy level issue the following command edit system user host protect host name Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 107 CLI User Guide Protecting a List of Identifiers for a Configuration Statement Step by Step Some configuration statements can take multiple values For example the address Procedure statement at the edit system login deny sources hierarchy level can take a list of hostnames IPv4 addresses or IPv6 addresses Suppose you have the following configuration ed
64. following two commands edit user host set protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit user host set protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so O 0 1 hello interval 5 dead interval 20 Longer Configuration This section provides a longer example of creating the previous OSPF configuration In the process it illustrates how to use the different features of the CLI 1 Enter configuration mode by issuing the configure top level command user host gt configure entering configuration mode edit user host Notice that the prompt has changed to a pound sign to indicate configuration mode 2 To create the above configuration you start by editing the protocols ospf statements edit user host edit protocols ospf edit protocols ospf user host 3 Now add the OSPF area edit protocols ospf user host edit area 0 0 0 0 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host 4 Add the first interface edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host edit interface soO edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 user host You now have four nested statements 5 Set the hello and dead intervals edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 user host set Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 79 CLI User Guide 80 user host set hello interval 5 user host set dead interval 20 user host 6 You can see what is configured at the current l
65. for 0 seconds Nov 1 22 46 43 Done working on queue Nov 1 22 47 17 maximum aggregate pool 5 Nov 1 22 47 17 maximum entries 0 Nov 1 22 47 17 asynchronous prompt no Nov 1 22 47 17 commit interval 0 Nov 1 22 47 17 days to keep error logs 1 Nov 1 22 47 17 Added to commit queue request id 1001 Nov 1 22 47 17 Commit server status running Nov 1 22 47 17 No need to pause Nov 1 22 47 18 Error while commiting 1001 Nov 1 22 47 18 doing rollback Toview log entries only for successful batch commit operations issue the file show Nar log lt filename gt command with the match committed pipe option user RO gt file show var log commitd nov match committed The output shows batch commit job IDs for successful commit operations Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 127 CLI User Guide Nov 1 22 46 43 Successfully committed 1000 Nov 1 22 50 35 Successfully committed 1002 Nov 1 22 51 48 Successfully committed 1004 Nov 2 01 08 04 Successfully committed 1007 Nov 2 01 16 45 Successfully committed 1009 Nov 2 01 19 25 Successfully committed 1010 Nov 2 01 28 16 Successfully committed 1011 To view log entries only for failed batch commit operations issue the file show var log filename command with the match Error while pipe option user RO gt file show var log commitd nov match Error while The output shows commit job IDs for failed commit operations Nov 1 22 47 18 Error while commiting 1001 Nov 1 22
66. from source to receiver ping Ping remote target quit Exit the management session request Make system level requests restart Restart software process set Set CLI properties date time craft interface message show Show system information ssh Start secure shell on another host Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 73 CLI User Guide start Start shell telnet Telnet to another host test Perform diagnostic debugging traceroute Trace route to remote host 2 Type file to show all possible completions for the file command root gt file Possible completions lt Enter gt Execute this command archive Archives files from the system checksum Calculate file checksum compare Compare files copy Copy files local or remote delete Delete files from the system list List file information rename Rename files show Show file contents Source address Local address to use in originating the connection Pipe through a command 3 Type file archive to show all possible completions for the file archive command root gt file archive Possible completions compress Compresses the archived file using GNU gzip tgz destination Name of created archive URL local remote or floppy source Path of directory to archive Related Getting Online Help from the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 9 Documentation Switching Between Junos OS CLI Operational and Configuration Modes on page 74 e Checking the Status of
67. identifies a command the complete command name appears Otherwise a beep indicates that you have entered an ambiguous command and the possible completions are displayed Completion also applies to other strings such as filenames interface names usernames and configuration statements If you have typed the mandatory arguments for executing a command in the operational or configuration mode the CLI displays Enter as one of the choices when you type a question mark This indicates that you have entered the mandatory arguments and can execute the command at that level without specifying any further options Likewise the CLI also displays Enter when you have reached a specific hierarchy level in the configuration mode and do not have to enter any more mandatory arguments or statements Industry standard technology With FreeBSD UNIX as the kernel a variety of UNIX utilities are available on the Junos OS CLI For example you can Use regular expression matching to locate and replace values and identifiers in a configuration filter command output or examine log file entries Use Emacs based key sequences to move around on a command line and scroll through the recently executed commands and command output e Store and archive Junos OS device files on a UNIX based file system e Use standard UNIX conventions to specify filenames and paths Exit fromthe CLI environment and create a UNIX C shell or Bourne shell to n
68. instances Configure multiple routing instances For information about the statements in this hierarchy see the Junos OS Routing Protocols Library for Security Devices routing options Configure protocol independent routing options such as static routes autonomous system numbers confederation members and global tracing debugging operations to log For information about the statements in this hierarchy see the Junos OS Routing Protocols Library for Security Devices security Configure IP Security IPsec services Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 4 CLI Configuration Mode Table 7 Configuration Mode Top Level Statements continued Statement Description snmp Configure SNMP community strings interfaces traps and notifications For information about the statements in this hierarchy see the SNMP MIBs and Traps Monitoring and Troubleshooting Guide for Security Devices system Configure systemwide properties including the hostname domain name Domain Name System DNS server user logins and permissions mappings between hostnames and addresses and software processes For specific information on configuration statements see CLI Explorer Configuration Statement Hierarchy The Junos OS configuration consists of a hierarchy of statements There are two types of statements container statements which are statements that contain other statements and leaf statements which do not contain
69. is subject to the terms and conditions of the End User License Agreement EULA posted at http www juniper net support eula html By downloading installing or using such software you agree to the terms and conditions of that EULA ii Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Table of Contents Part 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 2 About the Documentations occ sossar ud mE eid bbs SA SE E UE abd XV Documentation and Release Notes XV Supported Platon Sur one 36 tio sei e dE wed en o esta e us XV Using the Examples in This Manual XV Merging a F llExatnple x xu texte dS Ee PEU LAc Eben bids xvi Mersing a ShIBpDel aa 42chdecaa ca cad das d sande Ghd ados nets d xvi Documentation Conventions xxu eam d neessann cue Dace hs ade suce xvii Documentation Feedback 0 cc eee eee xix Requesting Technical Support xix Self Help Online Tools and Resources xix Opening a Case With J TAG uua a Mis cote eakew sdueaegcods vee ex XX Overview CLI OVEINIGW usce sure eoim ts Ginratt 7e dard eiewaanh soem e let ce Un SR ERSE 3 Introducing the Junos OS Command Line Interface 3 Key Features of the GEI usd otaca Saat e Ed eSXGuacu ert REPRISE LES 3 Understanding the Junos OS CLI Modes Commands and Statement Hietarchlesz sum oc wur t n eph S RESS nz he nee Poe Odea wees 5 Junos OS CLI Comm
70. is the default configuration to which the system returns and the oldest saved configuration is number 49 edit user host rollback number load complete Displaying Previous Configurations Supported Platforms 294 QFX Series To display previous configurations including the rollback number date time the name of the user who committed changes and the method of commit use the rollback command edit user host rollback Possible completions lt Enter gt Execute this command lt number gt Numeric argument O 2005 02 27 12 52 10 PST by abc via cli 1 2005 02 26 14 47 42 PST by def via cli 2 2005 02 14 21 55 45 PST by ghi via cli 3 2005 02 10 16 11 30 PST by jkl via cli 4 2005 02 10 16 02 35 PST by mno via cli 5 2005 03 16 15 10 41 PST by par via cli 6 2005 03 16 14 54 21 PST by stu via cli 7 2005 03 16 14 51 38 PST by vwx via cli 8 2005 03 16 14 43 29 PST by yzz via cli 9 2005 03 16 14 15 37 PST by abc via cli 10 2005 03 16 14 13 57 PST by def via cli Ti 2005 03 16 12 57 19 PST by root via other 12 2005 03 16 10 45 23 PST by root via other 13 2005 03 16 10 08 13 PST by root via other 14 2005 03 16 01 20 56 PST by root via other 15 2005 03 16 00 40 37 PST by ghi via cli 16 2005 03 16 00 39 29 PST by jkl via cli 17 2005 03 16 00 32 36 PST by mno via cli 18 2005 03 16 00 31 17 PST by par via cli 19 2005 03 15 19 59 00 PST by stu via cli 20 2005 03 15 19 53 39 PST by vwx via cli 21 2005 03 15 18 07
71. keywords or variables on either side of the symbol The set of choices is often enclosed in parentheses for clarity broadcast multicast string string2 string3 pound sign Indicates a comment specified on the same line asthe configuration statement to which it applies rsvp f Required for dynamic MPLS only square brackets Encloses a variable for which you can substitute one or more values community name members community ids Indention and braces 11 Identifies a level in the configuration hierarchy semicolon Identifies a leaf statement ata configuration hierarchy level edit routing options static route default nexthop address retain GUI Conventions Bold text like this Represents graphical user interface GUI items you click or select e Inthe Logical Interfaces box select All Interfaces Tocancel the configuration click Cancel xviii Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc About the Documentation Table 2 Text and Syntax Conventions continued Convention Description Examples gt bold right angle bracket Separates levels in a hierarchy of menu In the configuration editor hierarchy selections select Protocols Ospf Documentation Feedback We encourage you to provide feedback comments and suggestions so that we can improve the documentation You can provide feedback by using either of the following me
72. larger than 700 MB The configuration is locked by a user who entered the configure exclusive command If the configuration contains syntax errors a message indicates the location of the error and the configuration is not activated The error message has the following format edit edit path offending statement error message For example Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration edit firewall filter login allowed term allowed from icmp type echo request echo reply keyword echo reply unrecognized You must correct the error before recommitting the configuration To return quickly to the hierarchy level where the error is located copy the path from the first line of the error and paste it at the configuration mode prompt at the edit hierarchy level The uncommitted candidate configuration file is var rundb juniper db It is limited to 700 MB If the commit fails with a message configuration database size limit exceeded view the file size from configuration mode by entering the command run file list var rundb detail You can simplify the configuration and reduce the file size by creating configuration groups with wildcards or defining less specific match policies in your firewall filters NOTE CLI commit time warnings displayed for configuration changes at the edit interfaces hierarchy level are removed and are logged as system log messages This is a
73. loaded when the router or switch is first installed and powered on On J Series Services Routers pressing and holding down the Config button on the router for 15 seconds causes the factory configuration to be loaded and committed However this operation deletes all other configurations on the router using the load factory default command does not filename Narme of the file to load For information about specifying the filename see Specifying Filenames and URLs on page 219 merge Combine the configuration that is currently shown in the CLI with the configuration override Discard the entire configuration that is currently shown in the CLI and load the entire configuration Marks every object as changed patch Change part of the configuration and mark only those parts as changed replace Look for a replace tag in filename delete the existing statement of the same name and replace it with the configuration set Merge a set of commands with an existing configuration This option executes the configuration instructions line by line as they are stored in a file or from a terminal The instructions can contain any configuration mode command such as set edit exit and top relative Optional Use the merge or replace option without specifying the full hierarchy level terminal Use the text you type at the terminal as input to the configuration Type Ctrl d to end terminal input Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks
74. member cluster node and start and optional end time of day or date For example you could use the when statement to create a generic configuration group for each type of node and then apply the configuration based on certain node properties such as chassis or model Example Configuring Conditions for Applying Configuration Groups Supported Platforms 148 M Series MX Series QFX Series T Series This example shows how to configure conditions under which a specified configuration group is to be applied Requirements on page 148 Overview on page 148 Configuration on page 149 Requirements No special configuration beyond device initialization is required before you configure this example Overview You can configure your group configuration data at the edit groups group name hierarchy level then use the when statement to have the group applied based on conditions including type of chassis model or routing engine virtual chassis member cluster node and start and optional end time of day or date If you specify multiple conditions in a single configuration group all conditions must be met before the configuration group is applied You can specify the start time or the time duration for the configuration group to be applied If only the start time is specified the configuration group is applied at the specified time and it remains in effect until the time is changed If the end time is specified then
75. member id with a value of O or 1 mib process Optional Restart the Management Information Base MIB version II process which provides the router s MIB II agent mobile ip Optional Restart the Mobile IP process which configures Junos OS Mobile IP features mountd service EX Series switches and MX Series router Optional Restart the service for NFS mount requests mpls traceroute Optional Restart the MPLS Periodic Traceroute process Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 275 CLI User Guide 276 mspd Optional Restart the Multiservice process multicast snooping EX Series switches and MX Series routers Optional Restart the multicast snooping process which makes Layer 2 devices such as VLAN switches aware of Layer 3 information such as the media access control MAC addresses of members of a multicast group named service Optional Restart the DNS Server process which is used by a router or a switch to resolve hostnames into addresses network access service QFX Series only Optional Restart the network access process which provides the router s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP authentication service nfsd service Optional Restart the Remote NFS Server process which provides remote file access for applications that need NFS based transport packet triggered subscribers Optional Restart the packet triggered subscribers and policy control PTSP process
76. multicast snooping named service nfsd service packet triggered subscribers peer selection service pgcp service pgm pic services logging pki service ppp ppp service pppoe protected system domain service redundancy interface process remote operations root system domain service routing logical system logical system name sampling sbc configuration process sdk service service deployment services services pgcp gateway gateway name snmp soft static subscribers statistics service subscriber management subscriber management helper tunnel oamd usb control vrrp web management gracefully immediately soft restart autoinstallation chassis control class of service database replication dhcp dhcp service diameter service dotix protocol ethernet link fault management ethernet switching event processing firewall general authentication service interface control kernel replication I2 learning lacp license service link management lldpd service mib process mountd service multicast snooping pgm redundancy interface process remote operations routing secure neighbor discovery service deployment sflow service snmp vrrp web management gracefully immediately soft restart adaptive services audit process chassis control class of service dhcp service diameter service disk monitoring dynamic flow capture ecc error logging
77. ns xvii COPY COMMANG inner nan es 265 Usage guidelines 16 34 232 count command seen rta tnnt ta tette ttn tassa 256 COUNE TIGR isi ense rte ettet te tete 27 curly braces in configuration statements xviii current working directory Gisplayilig tuners 253 SGEEIDIB nist c reete qm entis 24 CUI SOL TTYOVIDIB c ter mine ec ERE PERDRE 47 customer SUPPOrT nn xix CONTACTING TAC ciae arenas ireseererete itai Xix D data types CL uenit attente 44 date setting frorn Cllr tione reiten 249 days to keep error logs statement 180 deactivate command A usage guidelines eene deactivate statements and identifiers usage guidelines serene 94 default configuration group 160 delete comririand 5 ctetuer iae er eels 182 usage guidelines 34 87 directories working displaying enne 253 disable statement usage guidelines 95 307 CLI User Guide display detail command Usage guidelines sseeennrenes 68 display inheritance command Usage guidelines sette 143 display set command usage guidelines eene 65 display xml filter erret tere 27 documentation COMMENTS OD n deciso tico mee ete xix E edit command sessanta treten tete tta anis usage guidelines editing command line sentes 47 Emacs keyboard sequenc
78. of the Junos OS including interfaces general routing information routing protocols user access and several system and hardware properties When you enter configuration mode you are actually viewing and changing a file called the candidate configuration The candidate configuration file enables you to make configuration changes without causing operational changes to the current operating configuration called the active configuration The router or switch does not implement the changes you added to the candidate configuration file until you commit them which activates the configuration on the router or switch see Figure 2 on page 5 Candidate configurations enable you to alter your configuration without causing potential damage to your current network operations Figure 2 Committing a Configuration LH CLI Configuration Mode 9017227 Candidate configuration Active configuration commit Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 5 CLI User Guide CLI Command Hierarchy CLI commands are organized in a hierarchy Commands that perform a similar function are grouped together under the same level of the hierarchy For example all commands that display information about the system and the system software are grouped under the show system command and all commands that display information about the routing table are grouped under the show route command To execute a command y
79. operational mode 166 hold COMMANA nn 256 gle a MIT NER ERE 28 l identifiers inserting in sequential Lists 92 renarmlirig see e e Pee 91 SPECITVING dao reos 42 idle timeout User Settings values CLI sessions ignore filler ata a E cient inheritance model configuration groups 56 inherited values configuration groups 143 insert comrnalrid s ia eie ele eins 186 Usage guldelines ota 34 92 interface configuration example 78 interface names GOMVENTIOMS c act cR aie 2l interfaces media parameters issuing relative configuration commands J J Web graphical user interface GUI 7 juniper ais configuration group usage guidelines 138 Junos XML management protocol 7 junos defaults configuration group 288 displayihg rnit teres Junos FIPS software environment Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc K keyboard sequences editing command line 47 L last COMMANA nn last filter load command sage suideliles centre eed 34 load merge command sage guidelines entente ies 130 load override command sage guidelines ite ness 129 load set command usage guidelines 131 locking configuration ss 71 logical interfaces unit NUMbEFS ne 212 M manuals COMIMENES ON aident R rer tte xix Match commandements 256 Math filter ep t er cedi reus 29 maximum aggegate pool statement 188 maximum entries statement 189 N names
80. other statements see Figure 6 on page 37 All of the container and leaf statements together form the configuration hierarchy Figure 6 Configuration Mode Hierarchy of Statements Trunk of hierarchy tree Branches of hierarchy tree Tree leaves Top level statements Container statements Leaf statements Protocols bgp dvmrp icmp dead interval igmp hello interval isis interface type mpis area range metric ospf area interface mtu rip traceoptions stub poll interval router discovery virtual link priority rsvp retransmit interval sap transit delay a L transmit interval z Each statement at the top level of the configuration hierarchy resides at the trunk or root level of a hierarchy tree The top level statements are container statements containing other statements that form the tree branches The leaf statements are the leaves of the hierarchy tree An individual hierarchy of statements which starts at the trunk of the hierarchy tree is called a statement path Figure 6 on page 37 illustrates the hierarchy tree showing a statement path for the portion of the protocol configuration hierarchy that configures the hello interval on an interface in an OSPF area The protocols statement is a top level statement at the trunk of the configuration tree The ospf area and interface statements are all subordinate container statements of a higher statement they are bra
81. parts child statements or identifiers within a oneliner of the onliner is not supported For example in the following sample configuration hierarchy annotation is supported up to the onliner level 1 but not supported for the metric child statement and its attribute 70 edit protocols isis f interface ge 0 0 0 0 level 1 metric 70 comment string Text of the comment You must enclose it in quotation marks In the comment string you can include the comment delimiters or If you do not specify any the comment string is enclosed with the comment delimiters If a comment for the specified statement already exists it is deleted and replaced with the new comment statement Statement to which you are attaching the comment configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Adding Comments in a Junos Configuration on page 96 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 259 CLI User Guide commit Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information 260 Description Options EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series commit at lt string gt gt and quit check comment lt comment string gt gt confirmed display detail minutes synchronize force Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Commit the set of changes to the database and cause t
82. pool Batch Commits 188 maximum entries Batch Commits 189 DEOIBCU 22 escrito dope da dot bu Rn ded E oi ao d des TOR oa di dob Rian eats 190 QUIT gata ce aie nasa Dig e yn MACOS aua et das d bem S GUTER GR Y MUR Ou RERO ont 191 sci qe Cu T E TEMT 192 Ename rasteta Soaks eee qe aa tac rod oder D Qua PREIS 193 FODIACE uso document edid amba Pedum dd bue eus opi pene Dus 194 ODAC ones a chin nas UN Pena Mau au edi s GN Marque qe mao 195 WOVEN oc Stn cs ennemie ne lunio devi eo tats Dec deett bus de 196 SAVE Sacer erg nas cn equ NS Teque PES eme qd ied dup ES 197 server Batch Commits 198 SCL DE sqoeweeteaqenem attive d SUD NUN EMINET reU S Bak ade dA QE EI 199 SOLS E 200 TOD MERE TM EIE RU UT e PLC D D oo Ga Ca ote 201 traceoptions Batch Commits 202 UNDE EE M Sem om atomic neo tas door bun a aoe 203 DOS ee ee te mn eco cessit hannah tutu da ca eme con 204 pale acueta na S ORE unb DR UE CET Goce qmm eA PS Qe 205 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc vii CLI User Guide viii Part 3 Chapter 20 Chapter 21 Chapter 22 Chapter 23 When sedes he ER cette quee ue T sdsonenenasdans edge E EEE E ERE xEdes 206 Wildcardide letes lt 32 24d ecrem PR ERIS pei eR RIVE RA SG RAP VATES 207 Administration CH Oper
83. port 21 Trivial File Transfer Protocol application junos tftp f application protocol tftp protocol udp destination port 69 RPC port mapper on TCP application junos rpc portmap tcp application protocol rpc portmap protocol tcp destination port 111 RPC port mapper on UDP Required Privilege view Level Related Using Junos OS Defaults Groups on page 160 D tati pacis NT Junos OS UTM Library for Security Devices 288 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands show system commit Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation List of Sample Output Output Fields EX Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series show system commit Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9 0 for EX Series switches Command introduced in Junos OS Release 11 1 for the QFX Series Display the pending commit operation if any and the commit history This command has no options view clear system commit show system commit on page 290 show system commit At a Particular Time on page 290 show system commit At the Next Reboot on page 290 show system commit Rollback Pending on page 290 show system commit QFX Series on page 290 Table 18 on page 289 describes the output fields for the show system commit command
84. redundant routing platforms on that LAN without requiring more than the static configuration of a single default route on the hosts web management OFX Series EX Series switches and MX Series routers Optional Restart the Web management process reset Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands on page 15 restart interfaces on page 278 When you enter this command you are provided feedback on the status of your request userGhost gt restart interfaces interfaces process terminated interfaces process restarted Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc set Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 25 Operational Commands EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series set lt statement path gt identifier Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Create a statement hierarchy and set identifier values This is similar to edit except that your current level in the hierarchy does not change identifier Name of the statement or identifier to set statement path Optional Path to an existing statement hierarchy level If that hierarchy level does not exist it is created configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy edit on page 183 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configu
85. reply Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc T CLI User Guide D NOTE Loading an XML configuration with the unprotect unprotect tag unprotects an already protected hierarchy For example suppose you load the following XML hierarchy lt protocols unprotect unprotect gt lt ospf gt lt area gt lt name gt 0 0 0 0 lt name gt lt interface gt lt name gt al1 lt name gt lt interface gt lt area gt lt ospf gt lt protocols gt The edit protocols hierarchy becomes unprotected if it is already protected Committing a Junos OS Configuration Supported Platforms 112 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To save Junos OS configuration changes to the configuration database and to activate the configuration on the router use the commit configuration mode command You can issue the commit command from any hierarchy level edit user host commit commit complete edit user host When you enter the commit commana the configuration is first checked for syntax errors commit check Then if the syntax is correct the configuration is activated and becomes the current operational router configuration You can issue the commit command from any hierarchy level A configuration commit can fail for any of the following reasons The configuration includes incorrect syntax which causes the commit check to fail The candidate configuration that you are trying to commit is
86. show log Remote systems Host reachability and network connectivity ping Route to a network system traceroute Configuration Current system configuration show configuration Manipulate files List of files and directories on the router or switch file list Contents of a file file show Interface information Detailed information about interfaces show interfaces Chassis Chassis alarm status show chassis alarms Information currently on craft display show chassis craft interface Router or switch environment information show chassis environment Hardware inventory show chassis hardware Routing table information Information about entries in the routing tables show route Forwarding table Information about data in the kernel s forwarding table show route forwarding table information IS IS Adjacent routers or switches show isis adjacency OSPF Display standard information about OSPF neighbors show ospf neighbor BGP Display information about BGP neighbors show bgp neighbor MPLS Status of interfaces on which MPLS is running show mpls interface Configured LSPs on the router or switch as well as all ingress transit and egress LSPs show mpls lsp Routes that form a label switched path show route label switched path Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 17 CLI User Guide Table 4 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands continued
87. so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 Display a particular hierarchy in the configuration edit user host show protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 64 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Related Documentation Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration Move down a level and display the configuration at that level edit user host edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host show interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 Display all of the last committed configuration edit user host set protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 hello interval 5 edit user host commit commit complete edit user host quit exiting configuration mode user host gt show configuration Last commit 2006 08 10 11 21 58 PDT by user version 8 3 protocols f ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series In configuration mode you can display the configuration as a series of configuration mode commands required to re create the configuration This is useful if you are not familiar with how to use configuration mode commands or if you want to cut paste and edit the displayed configuration To displ
88. successful then the current user is logged out of configuration mode and the configuration data is left in a read only state No other commit can be performed until the scheduled commit is completed NOTE If Junos OS fails before the configuration changes become active all configuration changes are lost You cannot enter the commit at configuration command when there is a pending reboot You cannot enter the request system reboot command once you schedule a commit operation for a specific time in the future You cannot commit a configuration when a scheduled commit is pending For information about how to use the clear command to cancel a scheduled configuration see CL Explorer Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands and quit Optional Commit the configuration and if the configuration contains no errors and the commit succeeds exit from configuration mode check Optional Verify the syntax of the configuration but do not activate it comment comment string gt Optional Add a comment that describes the committed configuration The comment can be as long as 512 bytes and must be typed on a single line You cannot include a comment with the commit check command Enclose comment string in quotation marks For example commit comment Includes changes recommended by SW Lab confirmed minutes Optional Require that the commit be confirmed within the specified a
89. system version 3 4R1 tlim system host name Host name for this router match alnum require system host name router name domain name Domain name for this router match alnum require system domain name isp net backup router Address of router to use while booting backup router 192 168 100 1 root authentication encrypted password Encrypted password string encrypted password 1 BYJOE ocQof8pmcm7MSGKO SECRET DATA name server DNS name servers require system name server name server DNS name server address 208 197 1 0 login class User name login match alnum 1 class super user permissions Set of permitted operation categories permissions all services System services require system services Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 69 CLI User Guide 70 services Service name ftp services Service name telnet syslog file name File to record logging data file messages Facility type Level name any notice Facility type Level name authorization info chassis alarm sonet lol Loss of light alias loss of light lol red interfaces Interface name at 2 1 1 atm options f vpi Virtual path ind
90. than one tracing operation include multiple flag statements You can include the following flags all All tracing operations flags batch Tracing operations for batch events commit server Tracing operations for commit server events configuration Tracing operations for the reading of configuration size Maximum size of each trace file in kilobytes KB megabytes MB or gigabytes GB world readable no world readable readable Grant all users permission to read archived log files or restrict the permission only to the root User and users who have the Junos OS maintenance permission Required Privilege system To view this statement in the configuration Level system control To add this statement to the configuration Related Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits on page 120 Documentation 202 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc unprotect Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series T Series unprotect hierarchy statement identifier Command introduced in Junos OS Release 11 2 Unprotect a protected hierarchy configuration statement or an identifier none configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy
91. the current hierarchy level is removed statement path Optional Path to an existing statement or identifier Include this if the statement or identifier to be deleted is not at the current hierarchy level identifier Optional Name of the statement or identifier to delete configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy deactivate on page 181 Deleting a Statement from a Junos Configuration on page 87 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc edit Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series edit statement path Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Move inside the specified statement hierarchy If the statement does not exist itis created You cannot use the edit command to change the value of identifiers You must use the set command statement path Path to the statement configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Seton page 199 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 183 CLI User Guide exit Supported Platforms Syntax Release
92. the database replication process datapath trace service Optional Restart the packet path tracing process dhcp EX Series switches only Optional Restart the software process for a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP server A DHCP server allocates network IP addresses and delivers configuration settings to client hosts without user intervention dhcp service Optional Restart the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol process dialer services EX Series switches only Optional Restart the ISDN dial out process diameter service Optional Restart the diameter process disk monitoring Optional Restart disk monitoring which checks the health of the hard disk drive on the Routing Engine dotix protocol EX Series switches only Optional Restart the port based network access control process dynamic flow capture Optional Restart the dynamic flow capture DFC process which controls DFC configurations on Monitoring Services IIl PICs ecc error logging Optional Restart the error checking and correction ECC process which logs ECC parity errors in memory on the Routing Engine ethernet connectivity fault management Optional Restart the process that provides IEEE 802 1ag Operation Administration and Management OAM connectivity fault Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 273 CLI User Guide management CFM database information for CFM maintenance association end points MEPs in
93. the file compare copy delete list rename show commands When you issue the file show command with a wildcard it must resolve to one filename path filename File on the local flash disk var filename or var path filename File on the local hard disk You can also specify a file on a local Routing Engine for a specific T640 router on a routing matrix user host gt file delete lccO reO var tmp junk a filename or a path filename File on the local drive The default path is the root level directory The removable media can be in MS DOS or UNIX UFS format hostname path filename hostname filename hostname path filename or scp hostname path filename File on an scp ssh client This form is not available in the worldwide version of Junos OS The default path is the user s home directory on the remote system You can also specify hostname as username hostname ftp hostname path filename File on an FTP server You can also specify hostname as username hostname or username password hostname The default path is the user s home directory To specify an absolute path the path must start with 2F for example ftp hostname 2Fpath filename To have the system prompt you for the password specify prompt in place of the password If a password is required and you do not specify the password or prompt an error message is displayed user host gt file copy ftp username ftp hostname net filename file co
94. user Y enters the configure exclusive mode User X cannot commit any changes to the configuration even if those changes were entered before user Y logged in If user Y exits configure exclusive mode user X can then commit the changes made in configure private or configure mode Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Forms of the configure Command on page 40 Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration on page 67 Forms of the configure Command Supported Platforms 40 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The Junos OS supports three forms of the configure command configure configure private and configure exclusive These forms control how users edit and commit configurations and can be useful when multiple users configure the software See Table 8 on page 41 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 4 CLI Configuration Mode Table 8 Forms of the configure Command Command configure Edit Access No one can lock the configuration All users can make configuration changes When you enter configuration mode the CLI displays the following information A list of other users editing the configuration e Hierarchy levels the Users are viewing or editing e Whether the configuration has been changed but not committed e When multiple users enter conflicting configurations the most recent change to be entered takes precedence Commit Access
95. which allows the application of policies to dynamic subscribers that are controlled by a subscriber termination device peer selection service Optional Restart the Peer Selection Service process pgcp service Optional Restart the pgcpd service process running on the Routing Engine This option does not restart pgcpd processes running on mobile station PICs To restart pgcpd processes running on mobile station PICs use the services pgcp gateway option pgm Optional Restart the process that implements the Pragmatic General Multicast PGM protocol for assisting in the reliable delivery of multicast packets pic services logging Optional Restart the logging process for some PICs With this process also known as fsad the file system access daemon PICs send special logging information to the Routing Engine for archiving on the hard disk pki service Optional Restart the PKI Service process ppp Optional Restart the Point to Point Protocol PPP process which is the encapsulation protocol process for transporting IP traffic across point to point links ppp service Optional Restart the Universal edge PPP process which is the encapsulation protocol process for transporting IP traffic across universal edge routers pppoe Optional Restart the Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet PPPoE process which combines PPP that typically runs over broadband connections with the Ethernet link layer protocol that all
96. 0 edit interfaces at 1 0 0 user host copy unit 61 to unit 62 edit interfaces at 1 0 0 user host show description PAIX to MAE West encapsulation atm pvc unit 61 f point to point vci 0 61 family inet f address 10 0 1 1 24 unit 62 f point to point vci 0 61 family inet f address 10 0 1 1 24 Related Copying a Junos Statement in the Configuration on page 89 Documentation 90 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration Issuing Relative Junos Configuration Mode Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The top or up command followed by another configuration command including edit insert delete deactivate annotate or show enables you to quickly move to the top of the hierarchy or to a level above the area you are configuring To issue configuration mode commands from the top of the hierarchy use the top command then specify a configuration command For example edit interfaces fxpO unit O family inet user host top edit system login edit system login user host To issue configuration mode commands from a location higher up in the hierarchy use the up configuration mode command specify the number of levels you want to move up the hierarchy and then specify a configuration command For example edit protocols bgp user host up 2 activate system Related Displaying the Current Junos OS Con
97. 00 rpd 00 mib2d 9016768 To avoid damage to the file system and to prevent loss of data you must always gracefully shut down Junos OS before powering off the device Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 225 CLI User Guide Rebooting the Junos OS 226 e NOTE SRX Series Services Gateway devices for the branch and EX Series Ethernet Switches support resilient dual root partitioning If you are unable to shut down a device gracefully because of unexpected circumstances such as a power outage or a device failure resilient dual root partitioning prevents file corruption and enables a device to remain operational In addition it enables a device to boot transparently from the secondroot partition if the system fails to boot from the primary root partition Resilient dual root partitioning serves as a backup mechanism for providing additional resiliency to a device when there is an abnormal shutdown However it is not an alternative to performing a graceful shutdown under normal circumstances To stop Junos OS Make sure you are in operational mode Enter the request system halt command This command stops all system processes and halts the operating system For example user host gt request system halt Halt the system yes no no yes shutdown pid 3110 Shutdown NOW FINAL System shutdown message from rootGhost System going down IMMEDIATELY user host gt Dec 17 17 28 40 init syslogd PID
98. 007 2007 You can also display the contents of a file For example user host gt file show var log inventory Jul 9 23 17 46 CHASSISD release 8 410 built by builder on 2007 06 12 07 58 27 UTC Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 21 Routine Monitoring Jul 9 23 18 05 CHASSISD release 8 410 built by builder on 2007 06 12 07 58 27 UTC Jul 9 23 18 06 Routing Engine O0 part number 740 003239 serial number 9000016755 Jul 9 23 18 15 Routing Engine 1 part number 740 003239 serial number 9001018324 Jul 9 23 19 03 SSB O part number 710 001951 serial number AZ8025 Jul 9 23 19 03 SSRAM bank O part number 710 001385 serial number 243071 Jul 9 23 19 03 SSRAM bank 1 part number 710 001385 serial number 410608 Specifying Filenames and URLs In some CLI commands and configuration statements including file copy file archive load save set system login user username authentication load key file and request system software add you can include a filename On a routing matrix you can include chassis information as part of the filename for example lccO lccO reO or lecO rel You can specify a filename or URL in one of the following ways filename File in the user s current directory on the local flash drive You can use wildcards to specify multiple source files or a single destination file Wildcards are not supported in Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP or FTP Q NOTE Wildcards are supported only by
99. 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 43 12 UTC HTTPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 27 UTC PPPOED release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 04 UTC RDD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 33 49 UTC PPPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 45 13 UTC DFCD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 39 11 UTC LACPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 35 41 UTC USBD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 30 01 UTC LFMD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 35 52 UTC CFMD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 34 45 UTC JDHCPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 35 40 UTC PGCPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 46 31 UTC SSD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 17 UTC MSPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 33 42 UTC KMD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 44 02 UTC PPMD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 03 UTC LMPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 33 49 UTC LRMUXD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 33 55 UTC PGMD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 01 UTC BFDD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 44 22 UTC SDXD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 36 18 UTC AUDITD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 34 40 UTC L2ALD release 8 4R1 13 built by b
100. 17 12 0 23 matched 172 17 24 0 23 matched 172 17 28 0 23 Delete 13 objects yes no no Disabling Inheritance of a Junos OS Configuration Group on page 143 Example Using the Wildcard Command with the Range Option Supported Platforms Requirements Overview 100 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series T Series Requirements on page 100 Overview on page 100 Configuration on page 101 e Verification on page 103 This example uses the following hardware and software components e M Series MX Series T Series or EX Series device e Junos OS Release 12 1 or later running on the device The range option with the wildcard command enables you to specify ranges in activate deactivate delete protect set show and unprotect commands You can use ranges to specify a range of interfaces logical units VLANs and other numbered elements The wildcard range option expands the command you entered into multiple commands each of which corresponds to one item in the range The wildcard range option enables you to configure multiple configuration statements using a single set command instead of configuring each of them individually For example Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Configuration Step by Step Procedure Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration to configure 24 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces With different port numbers you can use a single wildcard range set command instead of 24 in
101. 181 28 1628 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 131 CLI User Guide Figure 9 Using the replace Option Current configuration interfaces 100 unit O family inet address 127 0 0 1 so 3 0 0 unit O family inet address 204 69 248 181 28 File contents interfaces replace load replace so 3 0 0 unit O family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 Figure 10 Using the merge Option Current configuration interfaces loO unit O family inet address 127 0 0 1 so 3 0 0 unit O family inet address 204 69 248 181 28 132 File contents interfaces replace so 3 0 0 load merge unit O family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 New contents interfaces lo ot unit O family inet address 127 0 0 1 so 3 0 0 unit O family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 h1629 New contents interfaces 100 unit O family inet address 127 0 0 1 so 3 0 0 unit O family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 address 204 69 248 181 28 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 1705 Figure 11 Using a Patch File Current configuration interfaces fxpO unit O family inet address 192 168 6 193 24 100 unit O family inet address 127 0 0 1 32 Related Documentation File contents
102. 19 PST by yzz via cli 22 2005 03 15 17 59 03 PST by abc via cli 23 2005 03 15 15 05 14 PST by def via cli Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 26 Troubleshooting Procedures 24 2005 03 15 15 04 51 PST by ghi via cli 25 2005 03 15 15 03 42 PST by jkl via cli 26 2005 03 15 15 01 52 PST by mno via cli 27 2005 03 15 14 58 34 PST by par via cli 28 2005 03 15 13 09 37 PST by root via other 29 2005 03 12 11 01 20 PST by stu via cli 30 2005 03 12 10 57 35 PST by vwx via cli 31 2005 03 11 10 25 07 PST by yzz via cli 32 2005 03 10 23 40 58 PST by abc via cli 33 2005 03 10 23 40 38 PST by def via cli 34 2005 03 10 23 14 27 PST by ghi via cli 35 2005 03 10 23 10 16 PST by jkl via cli 36 2005 03 10 23 01 51 PST by mno via cli 37 2005 03 10 22 49 57 PST by par via cli 38 2005 03 10 22 24 07 PST by stu via cli 39 2005 03 10 22 20 14 PST by vwx via cli 40 2005 03 10 22 16 56 PST by yzz via cli 41 2005 03 10 22 16 41 PST by abc via cli 42 2005 03 10 20 44 00 PST by def via cli 43 2005 03 10 20 43 29 PST by ghi via cli 44 2005 03 10 20 39 14 PST by jkl via cli 45 2005 03 10 20 31 30 PST by root via other 46 2005 03 10 18 57 01 PST by mno via cli 47 2005 03 10 18 56 18 PST by par via cli 48 2005 03 10 18 47 49 PST by stu via cli 49 2005 03 10 18 47 34 PST by vw via cli Pipe through a command edit Comparing Configuration Changes with a Prior Version Supported Platforms EX Series M Series MX Series PTX Series QFX Series T Series
103. 2514 exited with status 0 Normal Exit Waiting max 60 seconds for system process bufdaemon to stop stopped Waiting max 60 seconds for system process syncer to stop stopped syncing disks 4 done Uptime 3h31m41s ata0 resetting devices done The operating system has halted Please press any key to reboot After a software upgrade or to recover occasionally from an error condition you must reboot Junos OS To reboot the Junos OS Make sure you are in operational mode Enter the request system reboot command This command displays the final stages of the system shutdown and executes the reboot Reboot requests are recorded to the system log files which you can view with the show log messages command For example user host gt request system rebootReboot the system yes no no yes Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 21 Routine Monitoring shutdown pid 845 Shutdown NOW FINAL System shutdown message from root host System going down IMMEDIATELY user host gt Dec 17 17 34 20 init syslogd PID 409 exited with status 0 Normal Exit Waiting max 60 seconds for system process bufdaemon to stop stopped Waiting max 60 seconds for system process syncer to stop stopped syncing disks 10 6 done Uptime 2m45s ata0 resetting devices done Rebooting Related Checking the Status of a Device Running Junos OS on page 213 D tati ocumentaton Displaying Jun
104. 3 CLI Configuration Mode on page 167 Controlling the CLI Environment on page 169 CLI Advanced Features on page 171 Configuration Statements on page 175 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 59 CLI User Guide 60 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration Entering and Exiting the Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 61 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Example Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 64 Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration on page 65 Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration on page 67 Displaying Additional Information About the Configuration on page 68 Using the configure exclusive Command on page 71 Updating the configure private Configuration on page 72 Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 72 e Switching Between Junos OS CLI Operational and Configuration Modes on page 74 Configuring a User Account on a Device Running Junos OS on page 76 Example Configuring a Routing Protocol on page 78 Entering and Exiting the Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You configure Junos OS by entering configuration mode and creating a hierarchy of configuration mode statements Toenter configuration mode use the configure command When you enter conf
105. 304 becomes 1 2 3 4 32 0x010203 becomes 0 1 2 3 32 default becomes 0 0 0 0 0 International hex nibble lt hex nibble gt Correct 47 1234 2345 3456 00 47123423453456 00 Organization for 4712 34 23 45 34 56 00 Standardization ISO address Sample translations 47123456 becomes 47 1234 56 4712 34 56 becomes 47 1234 56 4712 3456 becomes 47 1234 56 44 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 4 CLI Configuration Mode Table 9 CLI Configuration Input Types continued Data Type Format Examples OSPF area identifier Oxhex bytesoctet lt octet lt octet lt octet Correct 54 0 0 0 54 0x01020304 1 2 3 4 ID gt gt gt decimal number Sample translations 54 becomes 0 0 0 54 257 becomes 0 0 1 1 128 8 becomes 128 8 0 0 0x010203 becomes 0 1 2 3 Related gt Entering and Exiting the Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 61 Documentation Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 45 CLI User Guide 46 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 5 CLI Advanced Features Using Keyboard Sequences to Move Around and Edit the Junos OS CLI on page 47 Using Wildcard Characters in Interface Names on page 49 Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration on page 49 Using Keyboard Sequences to Move Around and Edit the Junos OS CLI Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can use keyboard sequences in the Junos OS command line interface
106. 4549 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling NTP daemon pid 37863 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling Sonet APS daemon pid 24551 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling VRRP daemon pid 24552 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling PFE daemon pid 2316 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling Traffic sampling control daemon pid 24553 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling IPsec Key Management daemon pid 24556 signal 1 status O 2003 09 22 15 39 43 PDT signaling Forwarding UDP daemon pid 2320 signal l status O commit complete Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Adding a Comment to Describe the Committed Configuration on page 118 Adding a Comment to Describe the Committed Configuration Supported Platforms 118 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can include a comment that describes changes to the committed configuration To do so include the commit comment statement The comment can be as long as 512 bytes and you must type it on a single line edit user host commit comment comment string Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Related Documentation Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration comment string is the text of the comment To add a comment to the commit command include the comment statement after the commit command edit us
107. Add the inactive tag to a statement delete Delete a data element edit Edit a sub element exit Exit from this level extension Extension operations help Provide help information insert Insert a new ordered data element load Load configuration from ASCII file quit Quit from this level rename Rename a statement replace Replace character string in configuration rollback Roll back to previous committed configuration run Run an operational mode command save Save configuration to ASCII file set Set a parameter show Show a parameter status Show users currently editing configuration top Exit to top level of configuration up Exit one level of configuration wildcard Wildcard operations edit user host List all the statements available at a particular hierarchy level edit user host edit Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 163 CLI User Guide Possible completions accounting options chassis class of service firewall forwarding options groups interfaces policy options protocols routing instances routing options snmp system VVVVVVVVV VV VV Accounting data configuration Chassis configuration Class of service configuration Define a firewall configuration Configure options to control packet sampling Configuration groups Interface configuration Routing policy option configuration Routing protocol configuration Routing instance configuration Protocol independent routing option configuration Simple Network Ma
108. CLI user host gt Command 1 Show the router version Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 227 CLI User Guide 228 Related Documentation user host gt show version Hostname myhost Model m5 Junos Base OS boot 6 4 20040511 0 Junos Base OS Software Suite 6 4 20040511 0 Junos Kernel Software Suite 6 4 20040511 0 Junos Packet Forwarding Engine Support M5 MIO 6 4 20040511 0 Junos Routing Software Suite 6 4 20040511 0 Junos Online Documentation 6 4 20040511 0 Junos Crypto Software Suite 6 4 20040511 0 user host gt Command 2 Show all router interfaces user host gt show interfaces terse Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote fe 0 0 0 up up fe 0 0 1 up down fe 0 0 2 up down mo 0 1 0 up mo 0 1 0 16383 up up inet 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 17 so 0 2 0 up up so 0 2 1 up up dsc up up fxpO up up fxpO O up up inet 192 168 70 62 21 fxpl up up fxp1 0 up up tnp 4 gre up up ipip up up loO up up loO O up up inet 127 0 0 1 gt 0 0 l00 16385 up up inet Using the Junos OS CLI Comment Character for Operational Mode Commands on page 227 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 22 Managing the CLI Environment Controlling the Junos OS CLI Environment on page 229 Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands on page 231 e Setting the Junos OS CLI Screen Length and Width on page 234 Controlling the Junos OS CLI Environment Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series
109. Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 12 Loading a Junos OS Configuration stored in a file or from a terminal The instructions can contain any configuration mode command such as set edit exit and top For an example see Figure 12 on page 133 To copy a configuration file from another network system to the local router you can use the SSH and Telnet utilities e NOTE If you are using Junos OS in a Common Criteria environment system log messages are created whenever a secret attribute is changed for example password changes or changes to the RADIUS shared secret These changes are logged during the following configuration load operations load merge load replace load override load update For more information see the Secure Configuration Guide for Common Criteria and Junos FIPS Related Examples Loading a Configuration from a File on page 131 Documentation Examples Loading a Configuration from a File Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series QFX Series T Series Figure 8 Overriding the Current Configuration Current configuration File contents New contents interfaces interfaces interfaces loO replace load override so 3 0 0 unit O so 3 0 0 unit O family inet unit O family inet address 127 0 0 1 family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 address 10 0 0 1 8 so 3 0 0 unit O family inet address 204 69 248
110. EX Series switches Set the maximum time that an individual session can be idle before the user is logged off the router or switch minutes Optional Maximum idle time The range of values in minutes is O through 100 000 If you do not issue this command and the user s login class does not specify this value the user is never forced off the system after extended idle times Setting the value to O disables the timeout view set cli idle timeout on page 242 When you enter this command you are provided feedback on the status of your request user host gt set cliidle timeout 60 Idle timeout set to 60 minutes Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc set cli prompt Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 24 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series set cli prompt string Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Set the prompt so that it is displayed within the CLI user host gt set cli prompt labl router string CLi prompt string To include spaces in the prompt enclose the string in quotation marks By default the string is username hostname view Setting the CLI Prompt on page 230 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 243 CLI User Guide set clirestart on upgrade Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX
111. Help About a String in a Statement or Command You can use the help command to display help about a text string contained in a statement or command name help apropos string string is a text string about which you want to get help This string is used to match statement or command names as well as to match the help strings that are displayed for the statements or commands Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 2 CLI Online Help If the string contains spaces enclose it in quotation marks You can also specify a regular expression for the string using standard UNIX style regular expression syntax In configuration mode this command displays statement names and help text that match the string specified In operational mode this command displays command names and help text that match the string specified Getting Help About Configuration Statements You can display help based on text contained in a statement name using the help topic and help reference commands help topic word help reference statement name The help topic command displays usage guidelines for the statement based on information that appears in the Junos OS feature guides The help reference command displays summary information about the statement based on the summary descriptions that appear in the Junos OS feature guides Getting Help About System Log Messages You can display help based on a system log tag using the help syslog command hel
112. In configuration mode only when you have made changes to the configuration and want to compare the candidate configuration with a prior version you can use the compare command to display the configuration The compare command compares the candidate configuration with either the current committed configuration or a configuration file and displays the differences between the two configurations To compare configurations specify the compare command after the pipe edit user host show compare filename rollback n filename is the full path to a configuration file The file must be in the proper format a hierarchy of statements nis the index into the list of previously committed configurations The most recently saved configuration is number O and the oldest saved configuration is number 49 If you do not specify arguments the candidate configuration is compared against the active configuration file config juniper conf The comparison output uses the following conventions Statements that are only in the candidate configuration are prefixed with a plus sign Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 295 CLI User Guide Statements that are only in the comparison file are prefixed with a minus sign Statements that are unchanged are prefixed with a single blank space The following example shows various changes then a comparison of the candidate configuration with the active configuration showing only th
113. Information 256 Description Options EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series compare count display changed commit scripts detail display set inheritance omit xml except pattern find pattern hold last lines match pattern no more request message all account terminal resolve lt full names gt save filename trim columns Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 display commit scripts option added in Junos OS Release 7 4 Filter the output of an operational mode or a configuration mode command compare filename rollback n Configuration mode only and only with the show command Compare configuration changes with another configuration file count Display the number of lines in the output display Display additional information about the configuration contents changed Tag changes with junos changed attribute XML only commit scripts Configuration mode only Display all statements that are in a configuration including statements that were generated by transient changes For more information see the Junos OS Configuration and Operations Automation Library detail Configuration mode only Display configuration data detail inheritance brief default no comments groups terse Configuration mode only Display inherited configuration data and source group omit Configuration mode only Display configuration sta
114. Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 184 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series exit lt configuration mode gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Exit the current level of the statement hierarchy returning to the level prior to the last edit command or exit from configuration mode The quit and exit commands are synonyms none Return to the previous edit level If you are at the top of the statement hierarchy exit configuration mode configuration mode Optional Exit from configuration mode configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy top on page 201 Upon page 204 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc help Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series help lt apropos string reference lt statement name gt syslog lt syslog tag gt tip cli number topic lt word gt gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Display help about available configuration statements or general information about getting help apropos string Optional Displ
115. Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 196 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series run command Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Run a top level CLI command without exiting from configuration mode command CLi top level command configure To enter configuration mode Understanding Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 33 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc save Supported Platforms Syntax QFX Series Release Information Description Options Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series save filename save dhcp snooping filename Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 11 1 for the QFX Series Save the configuration to an ASCII file The contents of the current level of the statement hierarchy and below are saved along with the statement hierarchy containing it This allows a section of the configuration to be saved while fully specifying the statement hierarchy When saving a file to a remote system the software uses the scp ssh protocol filename Name of the saved file You can specify a filename in one of the following ways filename File in the user s home directory the current directory on the local flash drive path filename File on the local flash drive var
116. Interface on page 3 D tati p E Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 72 Commands and Configuration Statements for Junos FIPS on page 8 Commands and Configuration Statements for Junos FIPS Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series T Series Junos FIPS enables you to configure a network of Juniper Networks routers in a Federal Information Processing Standards FIPS 140 2 environment The Junos FIPS software environment requires the installation of FIPS software by a crypto officer In Junos FIPS some Junos OS commands and statements have restrictions and some additional configuration statements are available For more information see the Secure Configuration Guide for Common Criteria and Junos FIPS Related Junos Secure Configuration Guide for Common Criteria and Junos FIPS Documentation 8 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 2 CLI Online Help Getting Online Help from the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 9 e Junos OS CLI Online Help Features on page 11 Getting Online Help from the Junos OS Command Line Interface Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The Junos OS command line interface CLI has a context sensitive online help feature that enables you to access information about commands and statements from the Junos OS CLI This topic contains the following sections Getting Help About Commands on page 9
117. JU Per NETWORKS Junos OS CLI User Guide 121X47 DIO Published 2014 12 15 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Juniper Networks Inc 1194 North Mathilda Avenue Sunnyvale California 94089 USA 408 745 2000 www juniper net Juniper Networks Junos Steel Belted Radius NetScreen and ScreenOS are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks Inc in the United States and other countries The Juniper Networks Logo the Junos logo and JunosE are trademarks of Juniper Networks Inc All other trademarks service marks registered trademarks or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document Juniper Networks reserves the right to change modify transfer or otherwise revise this publication without notice Junos OS CLI User Guide 12 1X47 D10 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc All rights reserved The information in this document is current as of the date on the title page YEAR 2000 NOTICE Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant Junos OS has no known time related limitations through the year 2038 However the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036 END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT The Juniper Networks product that is the subject of this technical documentation consists of or is intended for use with Juniper Networks software Use of such software
118. LI and by editing the ASCII configuration file When you add comments in configuration mode they are associated with a statement at the current level Each statement can have one single line comment associated with it Before you can associate a comment with a statement the statement must exist The comment is placed on the line preceding the statement To add comments to a configuration use the annotate configuration mode command user host annotate statement comment string statement is the configuration statement to which you are attaching the comment it must be at the current hierarchy level If a comment for the specified statement already exists it is deleted and replaced with the new comment comment string is the text of the comment The comment text can be any length and you must type it on a single line If the comment contains spaces you must enclose it in quotation marks In the comment string you can include the comment delimiters or If you do not specify any the comment string is enclosed with the comment delimiters To delete an existing comment specify an empty comment string user host annotate statement 96 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration When you edit the ASCII configuration file and add comments they can be one or more lines and must precede the statement they are associated with If you place the comments in other places in th
119. O through 100 000 minutes Setting timeout to O disables the timeout Setting the CLI to Prompt After a Software Upgrade By default the CLI prompts you to restart after a software upgrade To disable the prompt for an individual session use the set cli restart on upgrade off command user host gt set cli restart on upgrade off 230 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 22 Managing the CLI Environment To reenable the prompt use the set cli restart on upgrade on command user host gt set cli restart on upgrade on Setting Command Completion By default you can press Tab or the Spacebar to have the CLI complete a command To have the CLI allow only a tab to complete a command use the set cli complete on space off command user host gt set cli complete on space off Disabling complete on space user host gt To reenable the use of both spaces and tabs for command completion use the set cli complete on space on command user host gt set cli complete on space on Enabling complete on space user host gt Displaying CLI Settings To display the current CLI settings use the show cli command user host gt show cli CLI screen length set to 24 CLI screen width set to 80 CLI complete on space set to on Related Example Controlling the CLI Environment on page 169 Documentation Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Serie
120. OS CLI Environment Commands EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series set date date time ntp ntp server source address source address gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Set the date and time user host gt set date ntp 21 Apr 17 22 02 ntpdate 3867 step time server 172 17 27 46 offset 8 759252 sec date time Specify date and time in one of the following formats YYYYMMDDHHMM SS month DD YYYY HH MM am pm ntp Configure the router to synchronize the current date and time setting with a Network Time Protocol NTP server ntp server Optional Specify the IP address of one or more NTP servers Source address source address Optional Specify the source address that is used by the router to contact the remote NTP server view Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 249 CLI User Guide show cli Supported Platforms List of Syntax Syntax Syntax QFX Series Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level List of Sample Output Output Fields EX Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series Syntax on page 250 Syntax QFX Series on page 250 show cli show cli authorization directory history count Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9 0 for EX Series switches Command introduced in Junos OS Release 11 1 for the QFX Se
121. PTX Series T Series When configuring a device running Junos OS you can enter most statements and identifiers in any order Regardless of the order in which you enter the configuration statements the CLI always displays the configuration in a strict order However there are a few cases where the ordering of the statements matters because the configuration statements create a sequence that is analyzed in order For example in a routing policy or firewall filter you define terms that are analyzed sequentially Also when you create a named path in dynamic MPLS you define an ordered list of the transit routers in the path starting with the first transit router and ending with the last one To modify a portion of the configuration in which the statement order matters use the insert configuration mode command user host insert statement path identifier before after identifier2 If you do not use the insert command but instead simply configure the identifier it is placed at the end of the list of similar identifiers Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 Example Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 Example Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 92 Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration on page 94 Example Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms 92 EX Series LN Series
122. S Release 11 2 Protect a hierarchy statement or identifier from modification or deletion none configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Example Protecting the Junos OS Configuration from Modification or Deletion on page 105 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc quit Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series quit lt configuration mode gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Exit the current level of the statement hierarchy returning to the level prior to the last edit command or exit from configuration mode The quit and exit commands are synonyms none Return to the previous edit level If you are at the top of the statement hierarchy exit configuration mode configuration mode Optional Exit from configuration mode configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy top on page 201 Upon page 204 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 191 CLI User Guide rename Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX
123. This alleviates the necessity of having to remember the rollback number with the rollback command You use the rescue configuration when you need to roll back to a known configuration or as a last resort if your router or switch configuration and the backup configuration files become damaged beyond repair To save the most recently committed configuration as the rescue configuration so that you can return to it at any time issue the request system configuration rescue save command user host gt request system configuration rescue save To return to the rescue configuration use the rollback rescue configuration mode command edit user host rollback rescue load complete NOTE Ifthe rescue configuration does not exist or if the rescue configuration is not a complete viable configuration the rollback command fails an error message appears and the current configuration remains active To activate the rescue configuration that you have loaded use the commit command edit user host rollback rescue load complete edit user host commit To delete an existing rescue configuration issue the request system configuration rescue delete command user host gt request system configuration rescue delete user host gt For more information about the request system configuration rescue delete and request system configuration rescue save commands see CLI Explorer Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 297 CLI User Gu
124. Type the show system processes extensive command This command shows the CPU utilization on the device and lists the processes in order of CPU utilization For example user host gt show system processes extensive last pid 28689 load averages 0 01 0 00 0 00 up 56 06 16 13 04 52 04 73 processes 1 running 72 sleeping Mem 101M Active 101M Inact 98M Wired 159M Cache 69M Buf 286M Free Swap 1536M Total 1536M Free PID USERNAME PRI NICE SIZE RES STATE TIME WCPU CPU COMMAND 3365 root 2 0 21408K 4464K select 511 23 0 00 0 00 chassisd 3508 root 2 0 3352K 1168K select 32 45 0 00 0 00 12ald 3525 root 2 0 3904K 1620K select 13 40 0 00 0 00 dcd 5532 root 2 0 11660K 2856K kqread 10 36 0 00 0 00 rpd 3366 root 2 0 2080K 828K select 8 33 0 00 0 00 alarmd 3529 root 2 0 2040K 428K select 7 32 0 00 0 00 irsd 3375 root 2 0 2900K 1600K select 6 01 0 00 0 00 ppmd 3506 root 2 0 5176K 2568K select 5 38 0 00 0 00 mib2d 4957 root 2 0 1284K 624K select 5 16 0 00 0 00 ntpd 6 root 18 0 OK OK syncer 4 49 0 00 0 00 syncer 3521 root 2 0 2312K 928K select 2 14 0 00 0 00 lfmd 3526 root 2 0 5192K 1988K select 2 04 0 00 0 00 snmpd 3543 root 2 0 OK OK peer s 1 46 0 00 0 00 peer proxy 3512 root 2 O 3472K 1044K select 1 44 0 00 0 00 rmopd 3537 root 2 0 OK OK peer s 1 30 0 00 0 007 peer proxy Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 3527 3380 4136 3280 3528 3371 13 3376 5 3368 3362 3381 3524 3343 more
125. X Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Syntax show display omit Release Information Command introduced in Junos OS Release 8 2 Description Display configuration statements including those marked as hidden by the apply flags omit configuration statement user host show display omit system apply flags omit login message lengthy login message Required Privilege view Level Related show on page 280 Documentation Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 285 CLI User Guide show display set Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 286 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series show display set Command introduced before Junos OS Release 74 Display the configuration as a series of configuration mode commands required to re create the configuration from the top level of the hierarchy as set commands user host show display set set interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit O family inet address 192 168 1 230 24 set interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit O family iso set interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit O family mpls set interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit 1 family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 deactivate interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit 1 view show on page 280 Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration on page 65 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands show display s
126. a CFM session ethernet link fault management EX Series switches and MX Series routers only Optional Restart the process that provides the OAM link fault management LFM information for Ethernet interfaces ethernet switching EX Series switches only Optional Restart the Ethernet switching process event processing Optional Restart the event process eventd fibre channel QFX Series only Optional Restart the Fibre Channel process firewall Optional Restart the firewall management process which manages the firewall configuration and enables accepting or rejecting packets that are transiting an interface on a router or switch general authentication service EX Series switches and MX Series routers Optional Restart the general authentication process gracefully Optional Restart the software process iccp service Optional Restart the Inter Chassis Communication Protocol ICCP process idp policy Optional Restart the intrusion detection and prevention IDP protocol process immediately Optional Immediately restart the software process interface control Optional Restart the interface process which controls the router s or switch s physical interface devices and logical interfaces ipsec key management Optional Restart the IPsec key management process isdn signaling QFX Series only Optional Restart the ISDN signaling process which initiates ISDN connections
127. a Device Running Junos OS on page 213 Configuring a User Account on a Device Running Junos OS on page 76 Example Configuring a Routing Protocol on page 78 Examples Using the Junos OS CLI Command Completion on page 165 Switching Between Junos OS CLI Operational and Configuration Modes Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series When you monitor and configure a device running Junos OS you may need to switch between operational mode and configuration mode When you change to configuration mode the command prompt also changes The operational mode promptis a right angle bracket gt and the configuration mode prompt is a pound sign To switch between operational mode and configuration mode 74 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration 1 When you log in to the router and type the cli command you are automatically in operational mode JUNOS 9 2B1 8 built 2008 05 09 23 41 29 UTC cli user host gt 2 To enter configuration mode type the configure command or the edit command from the CLI operation mode For example user host gt configure Entering configuration mode edit user host The CLI prompt changes from user host gt to user host and a banner appears to indicate the hierarchy level 3 You canreturn to operational mode in one of the following ways To commit the configuration and exit edit us
128. a Range on page 103 e Specifying a Range with a Step Number on page 103 Using the Range Option for Configuring a Series of Named Identifiers for a Configuration Statement You can configure a series of identifiers for a configuration statement by specifying a numerical range of values for the identifiers To configure a series of the same type of interface with different port numbers 0 through 23 specify the range for the port numbers by using the following format edit user host wildcard range set interfaces ge O 0 0 23 unit O family vpls Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 101 CLI User Guide 102 Results Step by Step Procedure Results Step by Step Procedure Results Expands to 24 different set commands to configure interfaces with port numbers ranging from O through 23 edit user host set interfaces ge 0 0 0 unit O family vpls user host set interfaces ge 0 0 1 unit O family vpls user host set interfaces ge 0 0 2 unit O family vpls user host set interfaces ge 0 0 23 unit O family vpls Specifying Multiple Ranges in the Syntax You can have multiple ranges specified in a wildcard range command Each range must be separated by a comma You can also have overlapping ranges To specify more than one range in the syntax include the minimum and maximum values for each range separated by a comma edit user host wildcard range protect event options policy p 1 3 5 7 6 9 Exp
129. a configuration statement and sets identifier values After you issue a set command you remain at the same level in the hierarchy The set command has the following syntax set lt statement path gt statement identifier statement path is the hierarchy to the configuration statement and the statement itself If you have already moved to the statement s hierarchy level you can omit the statement path statement is the configuration statement itself identifier is a string that identifies an instance of a statement You cannot use the edit command to change the value of identifiers You must use the set command Related Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 D tati Pesan es ai Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 Using the configure exclusive Command on page 71 Updating the configure private Configuration on page 72 Issuing Relative Junos Configuration Mode Commands on page 91 Commit Operation When Multiple Users Configure the Software Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Up to 32 users can be in configuration mode simultaneously and they all can be making changes to the configuration All changes made by all users are visible to everyone editing the configuration the changes become visible as soon as the user presses the Enter key at the end of a command that changes the configuration such as set edit or delete When
130. age on the device 1 Enter configuration mode user host gt configure entering configuration mode edit user host 2 Show the current configuration if any for SNMP edit user host show snmp No snmp statements appear because SNMP has not been configured on the device 3 Configure the health monitor edit user host set snmp health monitor 4 Show the new configuration edit user host show snmp health monitor The health monitor statement indicates that SNMP health monitoring is configured on the device 5 Enter the rollback configuration mode command to return to the most recently committed configuration edit user host rollback load complete 6 Show the configuration again to make sure your change is no longer present edit user host show snmp No snmp configuration statements appear The health monitor is no longer configured Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 26 Troubleshooting Procedures 7 Enter the commit command to activate the configuration to which you rolled back edit user host commit 8 Exit configuration mode edit user host exit Exiting configuration mode You can also use the rollback command to return to earlier configurations Related Returning to the Most Recently Committed Junos Configuration on page 293 Documentation Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 301 CLI User Guide 302 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc
131. ally like a regular commit operation For example if there are five commit jobs commit 1 commit 2 commit 3 commit 4 and commit 5 that are aggregated and if there is a commit error caused because of commit 3 the aggregation is discarded commit 1 commit 2 commit 3 commit 4 and commit 5 are committed individually and the CLI reports a commit error for commit 3 Example Configuring Batch Commit Server Properties Supported Platforms M Series MX Series T Series This example shows how to configure batch commit server properties to manage batch commit operations e Requirements on page 121 Overview on page 121 Configuration on page 121 e Verification on page 123 Requirements This example uses the following hardware and software components MX Series 3D Universal Edge Router Junos OS Release 12 1 or later running on the device Overview You can control how the batch commit queue is handled by the commit server by configuring the server properties at the edit system commit server hierarchy level This enables you to control how many commit jobs are aggregated or merged into a single batch commit the maximum number of jobs that can be added to the queue days to keep batch commit error logs interval between two batch commits and tracing operations for batch commit operations Configuration CLI Quick To quickly configure this section of the example copy the following commands paste Configurati
132. and Modes 5 CLI Command Hierarchy cie ae ead 29 8 2 iie peeae ake pe dune des 6 Configuration Statement Hierarchy 6 Moving Among Hierarchy Levels 0 0 0 0 ccc eee eee 6 Other Tools to Configure and Monitor Devices Running Junos OS 7 Commands and Configuration Statements for Junos FIPS 8 CLI Online Help uie EIE EEREE SISSE ace Rue s ei deems wees 9 Getting Online Help from the Junos OS Command Line Interface 9 Getting Help About COMMANA Se so 20244 nessi Go hen one RR EG rA OG que 9 Getting Help About a String in a Statement or Command 10 Getting Help About Configuration Statements 11 Getting Help About System Log Messages 11 Junos OS CLI Online Help Features 11 Help for Omitted Statements 11 Using CLI Command Completion 12 Using Command Completion in Configuration Mode 12 Displaying Tips About CLI Commands 12 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc iii CLI User Guide Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 CLI Operational MOG 2 2 11723 2 a1 at win ae errand Red gard ra dete FE tta oe 15 Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands 15 CLI
133. ands to the following set commands edit user host set protect event options policy pl user host set protect event options policy p2 user host set protect event options policy p3 user host set protect event options policy p5 user host set protect event options policy p6 user host set protect event options policy p7 user host set protect event options policy p8 user host set protect event options policy p9 Specifying a Range and Unique Numbers In the Syntax You can also specify a combination of a range and unique numbers in the syntax of the wildcard range command To specify a range and unique numbers separate them with a comma edit user host wildcard range protect event options policy p 1 3 5 7 10 Expands to the following set commands edit user host set protect event options policy pl user host set protect event options policy p2 user host set protect event options policy p3 user host set protect event options policy p5 user host set protect event options policy p7 user host set protect event options policy p10 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Step by Step Procedure Step Results by Step Procedure Verification Results Purpose Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration Excluding Some Values from a Range You can exclude certain values from a range by marking the numbers or the range of numbers to be excluded by using an exclamation mark n To excl
134. apply groups except Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series apply groups except group names All hierarchy levels except the top level Statement introduced before Junos OS Release 74 Disable inheritance of a configuration group group names One or more names specified in the groups statement configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy groups on page 178 e Disabling Inheritance of a Junos OS Configuration Group on page 143 commit interval Batch Commits Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation LN Series M Series MX Series SRX Series commit interval number of seconds between commits edit system commit server Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 121 For Junos OS batch commits specify the time interval in seconds between two commit operations number of seconds between commits Time interval in seconds between two commit operations Range 1 through 30 seconds Default 5 seconds system To view this statement in the configuration system control To add this statement to the configuration
135. atement to copy new statement Copy of the statement configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Copying a Junos Statement in the Configuration on page 89 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 265 CLI User Guide file Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 266 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series file archive checksum compare copy delete list rename show source address larchive gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 11 1 for the QFX Series Archive files from the device copy files to and from the router or switch calculate the file checksum compare files delete a file from the device list files on the device rename a file show file contents or show the local address to initiate a connection archive Optional Archive and optionally compress one or multiple local system files as a single file locally or at a remote location checksum Optional Calculate the Message Digest 5 MD5 checksum of a file compare Optional Compare two local files and describe the differences between them in default context or unified output styles copy Optional Copy files from one place to another on the
136. ath regular expressions traceroute Trace the route to a remote network host Commands for connecting to other network systems The ssh command opens Secure Shell connections and the telnet command opens telnet sessions to other hosts on the network For information about these commands see CL Explorer Commands for copying files The copy command copies files from one location on the router or switch to another from the router or switch to a remote system or from a remote system to the router or switch For information about these commands see CLI Explorer Commands for restarting software processes The commands in the restart hierarchy restart the various Junos OS processes including the routing protocol interface and SNMP For information about these commands see CL Explorer Acommand request for performing system level operations including stopping and rebooting the router or switch and loading Junos OS images For information about this command see CL Explorer A command start to exit the CLI and start a UNIX shell For information about this command see CLI Explorer A command configure for entering configuration mode which provides a series of commands that configure Junos OS including the routing protocols interfaces network management and user access For information about the CLI configuration commands see Understanding Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 33 A command quit to ex
137. ation class of service Show class of service CoS information cli Show command line interface settings configuration Show current configuration connections Show circuit cross connect connections dvmrp Show Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol info dynami c tunnels Show dynamic tunnel information information esis Show end system to intermediate system information firewall Show firewall information helper Show port forwarding helper information Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 213 CLI User Guide 214 host igmp ike ilmi interfaces ipsec ipv6 isis 12circuit 12vpn lacp ldp link management 11c2 log mld mpls msdp multicast ntp ospf ospf3 passive monitoring pfe pgm pim policer policy ppp rip ripng route rsvp sap security services snmp system task ted version vpls vrrp Slot 0 Current state Election priority Temperature CPU temperature DRAM Memory utilization CPU utilization User Background Kernel Interrupt Idle Model Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show Show hostname information from domain name server Internet Group Management Protocol information Internet Key Exchange information interim local management interface information interface
138. ation contains the top level of the hierarchy or multiple hierarchies the example is a full example In this case use the load merge command Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc XV CLI User Guide If the example configuration does not start at the top level of the hierarchy the example is a snippet In this case use the load merge relative command These procedures are described in the following sections Merging a Full Example To merge a full example follow these steps 1 From the HTML or PDF version of the manual copy a configuration example into a text file save the file with a name and copy the file to a directory on your routing platform For example copy the following configuration to a file and name the file ex script conf Copy the ex script conf file to the var tmp directory on your routing platform system scripts f commit f file ex script xsl interfaces f fxpO f disable unit O family inet f address 10 0 0 1 24 2 Merge the contents of the file into your routing platform configuration by issuing the load merge configuration mode command edit user host load merge var tmp ex script conf load complete Merging a Snippet To merge a snippet follow these steps 1 Fromthe HTML or PDF version of the manual copy a configuration snippet into a text file save the file with a name and copy the file to a directory on your routing platform For example copy the follow
139. ation statements applied to the Routing Engine in slot O rel Configuration statements applied to the Routing Engine in slot 1 The configuration specified in group reO is only applied if the current Routing Engine is in slot O likewise the configuration specified in group rel is only applied if the current Routing Engine is in slot 1 Therefore both Routing Engines can use the same configuration file each using only the configuration statements that apply to it Each reO or rel group contains at a minimum the configuration for the hostname and the management interface fxpO If each Routing Engine uses a different management interface the group also should contain the configuration for the backup router and static routes In addition the TX Matrix router supports group names for the Routing Engines in each T640 router attached to the routing matrix Providing special group names for all Routing Engines in the routing matrix allows you to configure the individual Routing Engines in each T640 router differently Parameters that are not configured at the edit groups hierarchy level apply to all Routing Engines in the routing matrix configuration data contains the configuration statements applied elsewhere in the configuration with the apply groups statement To have a configuration inherit the statements in a configuration group include the apply groups statement For information about the apply groups statement see Applying a Junos C
140. ational MOGe 35 4 S paret ns uumiinersteciodieecdeds 211 Interface Naming Conventions Used in the Junos OS Operational COMMANAS ssa 80 des danser neha oies e 211 Physical Part of an Interface Name 211 Logical Part of an Interface Name 212 Channel Identifier Part of an Interface Name 212 Routine MOnitOrin PPP rpT M PEERS 213 Checking the Status of a Device Running Junos OS 213 Monitoring Who Uses the Junos OS CLI 215 Viewing Files and Directories on a Device Running Junos OS 216 Directories on the Router or Switch 216 listing Files and DIFTectories 2 2 x eaestes ido bem rb t AERIS eben 217 Specifying Filenames and URLS 219 Displaying Junos OS Information s rassir uuet eec expe bs ue RESEPA 220 Managing Programs and Processes Using Junos OS Operational Mode Commands ereere VR ET cut EIN P ec oo moin en 222 Showing Software Processes 222 Restarting a Junos OS Process 224 Stopping the Junos OS 225 Rebooting the JUnes OS szesustescuibr ewqoeRteavRisSeROTe QQ een 226 Using the Junos OS CLI Comment Character for Operational Mode Commands 33 sre Tetas ed ome se Gra aom Eng VR Orest
141. atrix router restart the software process for a specific T640 router that is connected to the TX Matrix router For a TX Matrix Plus router restart the software process for a specific T1600 router that is connected to the TX Matrix Plus router Replace number with a value from O through 3 license service EX Series switches Optional Restart the feature license management process link management TX Matrix and TX Matrix Plus routers and EX Series switches only Optional Restart the Link Management Protocol LMP process which establishes and maintains LMP control channels lldpd service EX Series switches only Optional Restart the Link Layer Discovery Protocol LLDP process local MX Series routers only Optional Restart the software process for the local Virtual Chassis member local policy decision function Optional Restart the process for the Local Policy Decision Function which regulates collection of statistics related to applications and application groups and tracking of information about dynamic subscribers and static interfaces mac validation Optional Restart the Media Access Control MAC validation process which configures MAC address validation for subscriber interfaces created on demux interfaces in dynamic profiles on MX Series routers member member id MX Series routers only Optional Restart the software process for a specific member of the Virtual Chassis configuration Replace
142. avigate the file system manage router processes and so on Understanding the Junos OS CLI Modes Commands and Statement Hierarchies on page 5 Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 72 Other Tools to Configure and Monitor Devices Running Junos OS on page 7 Commands and Configuration Statements for Junos FIPS on page 8 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 1 CLI Overview Understanding the Junos OS CLI Modes Commands and Statement Hierarchies Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series The Junos OS command line interface CLI commands and statements are organized under two command modes and various hierarchies The following sections provide you an overview of the Junos OS CLI command modes and commands and statements hierarchies Junos OS CLI Command Modes on page 5 CLI Command Hierarchy on page 6 Configuration Statement Hierarchy on page 6 Moving Among Hierarchy Levels on page 6 Junos OS CLI Command Modes The Junos OS CLI has two modes Operational mode This mode displays the current status of the device In operational mode you enter commands to monitor and troubleshoot the Junos OS devices and network connectivity Configuration mode A configuration for a device running on Junos OS is stored as a hierarchy of statements In configuration mode you enter these statements to define all properties
143. aximum vcs 1024 unit f encapsulation atm snap point to point family iso apply groups atm options interfaces f at 0 0 0 1 unit 100 f vci 0 100 family inet f address 10 0 0 100 30 unit 200 f vci 0 200 152 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups family inet f address 10 0 0 200 30 edit user host show display inheritance interfaces f at 0 0 0 atm options was inherited from group atm options atm options 1024 was inherited from group atm options vpi O maximum vcs 1024 unit 100 f atm snap was inherited from group atm options encapsulation atm snap point to point was inherited from group atm options point to point vci 0 100 family inet f address 10 0 0 100 30 iso was inherited from group atm options family iso unit 200 f atm snap was inherited from group atm options encapsulation atm snap point to point was inherited from group atm options point to point vci 0 200 family inet f address 10 0 0 200 30 iso was inherited from group atm options family iso Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 153 CLI User Guide Related Documentation edit user host show display inheritance except interfaces f at 0 0 0 1 atm options f vpi O maximum vcs 1024
144. ay statement names and help text that matches the string specified If the string contains spaces enclose it in quotation marks You can also specify a regular expression for the string using standard UNIX style regular expression syntax reference statement name Optional Display summary information for the statement This information is based on summary descriptions that appear in the Junos feature guides syslog syslog tag Optional Display information about system log messages tip cli number Optional Display a tip about using the CLI Specify the number of the tip you want to view topic word Optional Display usage guidelines for a topic or configuration statement This information is based on subjects that appear in the Junos feature guides Entering the help command without an option provides introductory information about how to use the help command configure To enter configuration mode Getting Online Help from the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 9 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 185 CLI User Guide insert Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Syntax insert statement path identifier before after identifier2 Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Insert an identifier in to an existing hierarchy Options after Place identifier after identifier2 before P
145. ay the configuration as a series of configuration mode commands which are required to re create the configuration from the top level of the hierarchy as set commands issue the show configuration mode command with the display set option user host show display set Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 65 CLI User Guide This topic contains the following examples Example Displaying set Commands from the Configuration on page 66 Example Displaying Required set Commands at the Current Hierarchy Level on page 66 Example Displaying set Commands with the match Option on page 67 Example Displaying set Commands from the Configuration Display the set commands from the configuration at the edit interfaces hierarchy level edit interfaces fe 0 0 0 user host show unit O f family inet f address 192 1071 230 24 family iso family mpls inactive unit 1 f family inet f address 10 0 0 1 8 user host show display set set interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit O family inet address 192 107 1 230 24 set interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit O family iso set interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit O family mpls set interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit 1 family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 deactivate interfaces fe 0 0 0 unit 1 To display the configuration as a series of configuration mode commands required to re create the configuration from the current hierarchy level issue the show configuration mode command with the display set relative option user
146. ble terminal 80 characters by 24 lines small xterm Small xterm window 80 characters by 24 lines vt100 VTIOO compatible terminal 80 characters by 24 lines xterm Large xterm window 80 characters by 65 lines view e Setting the Terminal Type on page 230 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 247 CLI User Guide set cli timestamp Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Syntax setcli timestamp format timestamp format disable Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Set a timestamp for CLI output user host gt set cli timestamp format m d T 04 21 17 39 13 CLI timestamp set to m d T Options format timestamp format Set the data and time format for the timestamp The timestamp format you specify can include the following placeholders in any order 9om Two digit month d Two digit date 9oT Six digit hour minute and seconds Enclose the format in single quotation marks Do not use spaces Use a hyphen or similar character to separate placeholders disable Remove the timestamp from the CLI Required Privilege view Level Related gt Setting the CLI Timestamp on page 230 Documentation 248 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc set date Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Chapter 24 Junos
147. ccess Configure the Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol CHAP accounting options Configure accounting statistics data collection for interfaces and firewall filters chassis Configure properties of the router chassis including conditions that activate alarms and SONET SDH framing and concatenation properties class of service Configure class of service parameters For information about the statements in this hierarchy see the Junos OS CoS Library for Security Devices firewall Define filters that select packets based on their contents forwarding options Define forwarding options including traffic sampling options groups Configure configuration groups interfaces Configure interface information such as encapsulation interfaces virtual channel identifiers VCIs and data link connection identifiers DLCIs For information about the statements in this hierarchy see the Junos OS Interfaces Library for Security Devices policy options Define routing policies which allow you to filter and set properties in incoming and outgoing routes protocols Configure routing protocols including BGP IS IS LDP MPLS OSPF RIP and RSVP For information about the statements in this hierarchy see the chapters that discuss how to configure the individual routing protocols in the Junos OS Routing Protocols Library for Security Devices and the MPLS Feature Guide for Security Devices routing
148. cies and policy objects in routing policies you configure in the standard database exclusive Optional Lock the candidate configuration for as long as you remain in configuration mode allowing you to make changes without interference from other Users Other users can enter and exit configuration mode but they cannot change the configuration private Optional Allow multiple users to edit different parts of the configuration at the same time and to commit only their own changes or to roll back without interfering with one another s changes You cannot commit changes in configure private mode when another user is in configure exclusive mode configure show configuration on page 281 configure on page 263 When you enter this command you are placed in configuration mode and the system prompt changes from hostname to hostnamett user host gt configure Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 263 CLI User Guide Entering configuration mode edit user host 264 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc copy Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 25 Operational Commands EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series copy existing statement to new statement Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Make a copy of an existing statement in the configuration existing statement St
149. cified in group reO is applied only if the current Routing Engine is in slot O likewise the configuration specified in group rel is applied only if the current Routing Engine is in slot 1 Therefore both Routing Engines can use the same configuration file each using only the configuration statements that apply to it Each Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 19 Configuration Statements reO or rel group contains at a minimum the configuration for the hostname and the management interface fxpO If each Routing Engine uses a different management interface the group also should contain the configuration for the backup router and static routes Routing matrix only The TX Matrix router supports group names for the Routing Engines in each connected T640 router in the following formats D NOTE The management Ethernet interface used for the TX Matrix Plus router T1600 routers in a routing matrix and PTX Series Packet Transport Switches is emO Junos OS automatically creates the router s management Ethernet interface emO lccn reO Configuration statements applied to the Routing Engine in slot O of the specified T640 router that is connected to a TX Matrix router lecn rel Configuration statements applied to the specified to the Routing Engine in slot 1 of the specified T640 router that is connected to a TX Matrix router n identifies the T640 router and can be from O through 3 The remaining statements are explai
150. ck succeeds edit user host If the commit check command finds an error a message indicates the location of the error Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Example Protecting the Junos OS Configuration from Modification or Deletion Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series T Series Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 105 CLI User Guide Requirements Overview 106 This example shows how to use the protect and unprotect commands in the configuration mode to protect and unprotect the CLI configuration Requirements on page 106 Overview on page 106 Protecting a Parent Level Hierarchy on page 107 e Protecting a Child Hierarchy on page 107 Protecting a Configuration Statement Within a Hierarchy on page 107 Protecting a List of Identifiers for a Configuration Statement on page 108 Protecting an Individual Member from a Homogenous List on page 108 Unprotecting a Configuration on page 109 e Verification on page 109 This example uses the following hardware and software components AJ Series M Series MX Series or T Series device Junos OS 11 2 or later running on all devices The Junos OS enables you to protect the device configuration from being modified or deleted by other users This can be accomplished by using the protect command in the configuration mode of the CLI Likewise y
151. class of service clksyncd service database replication datapath trace service dhcp service diameter service disk monitoring dynamic flow capture ecc error logging ethernet connectivity fault management ethernet link fault management event processing firewall general authentication service gracefully liccp service lidp policy immediately linterface control ipsec key management kernel replication l2 learning l2cpd service 2tp service I2tp universal edge lacp license service link management local policy decision function mac validation mib process mobile ip mountd service mpls traceroute mspd multicast snooping named service nfsd service packet triggered subscribers peer selection service pgcp service pgm pic services logging pki service ppp ppp service pppoe protected system domain service redundancy interface process remote operations root system domain service routing routing logical system logical system name gt sampling soc configuration process sdk service Service deployment services services pgcp gateway gateway name snmp soft static subscribers statistics service subscriber management subscriber management helper tunnel oamd usb control vrrp web management all members gracefully immediately soft local member member id gt restart adaptive services audit process chassis control class of service dialer services
152. ctivating it use the rollback configuration mode command edit user host rollback load complete To activate the configuration to which you rolled back use the commit command edit user host rollback load complete edit user host commit Related Rolling Back Junos OS Configuration Changes on page 300 D mentation BEMIMEHESRHE Returning to a Previously Committed Junos OS Configuration on page 293 Understanding How the Junos Configuration Is Stored on page 57 Returning to a Previously Committed Junos OS Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series QFX Series T Series This topic explains how you can return to a configuration prior to the most recently committed one and contains the following sections Returning to a Configuration Prior to the One Most Recently Committed on page 294 Displaying Previous Configurations on page 294 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 293 CLI User Guide Comparing Configuration Changes with a Prior Version on page 295 Creating and Returning to a Rescue Configuration on page 297 Saving a Configuration to a File on page 298 Returning to a Configuration Prior to the One Most Recently Committed Supported Platforms To return to a configuration prior to the most recently committed one include the configuration number O through 49 in the rollback command The most recently saved configuration is number O which
153. d Configuring Routers Use the JUNOS CLI to monitor and configure Juniper Networks routers JUNOS CLI 9017226 Key Features of the CLI The Junos OS CLI commands and statements follow a hierarchal organization and have aregular syntax The Junos OS CLI provides the following features to simplify CLI use Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 3 CLI User Guide Related Documentation Consistent commandnames Commands that provide the same type of function have the same name regardless of the portion of the software on which they are operating For example all show commands display software information and statistics and all clear commands erase various types of system information Lists and short descriptions of available commands Information about available commands is provided at each level of the CLI command hierarchy If you type a question mark at any level you see a list of the available commands along with a short description of each command This means that if you already are familiar with the Junos OS or with other routing software you can use many of the CLI commands without referring to the documentation Command completion Command completion for command names keywords and for command options is available at each level of the hierarchy To complete a command or option that you have partially typed press the Tab key or the Spacebar If the partially typed letters begin a string that uniquely
154. d Last process identifier assigned to the process load averages Three load averages followed by the current time Mem Information about physical and virtual memory allocation NICE UNIX nice value The nice value allows a process to change its final scheduling priority PID Process identifier PRI Current kernel scheduling priority of the process A lower number indicates a higher priority processes Number of existing processes and the number of processes in each state sleeping running starting zombies and stopped RES Current amount of resident memory in KB SIZE Total size of the process text data and stack in KB STATE Current state of the process sleep wait run idle zombi or stop Swap Information about physical and virtual memory allocation USERNAME Owner of the process WCPU Weighted CPU usage Restarting a Junos OS Process 224 To correct an error condition you might need to restart a software process running on the device You can use the restart command to force a restart of a software process CAUTION Do not restart a software process unless specifically asked to do so by your Juniper Networks customer support representative Restarting a software process during normal operation of a device could cause interruption of packet forwarding and loss of data To restart a software process Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 1 Make sure yo
155. d is responsible for communications between the SDK application and Junos OS Although the SDK Service process is present on the router it is turned off by default secure neighbor discovery QFX Series EX Series switches and MX Series routers only Optional Restart the secure Neighbor Discovery Protocol NDP process which provides support for protecting NDP messages sfc number TX Matrix Plus routers only Optional Restart the software process on the TX Matrix Plus router or switch fabric chassis Replace number with O service deployment Optional Restart the service deployment process which enables Junos OS to work with the Session and Resource Control SRC software services Optional Restart a service services pgcp gateway gateway name Optional Restart the pgcpd process for a specific border gateway function BGF running on an MS PIC This option does not restart the pgcpd process running on the Routing Engine To restart the pgcpd process on the Routing Engine use the pgcp service option sflow service EX Series switches only Optional Restart the flow sampling sFlow technology process snmp Optional Restart the SNMP process which enables the monitoring of network devices from a central location and provides the router s or switch s SNMP master agent Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 277 CLI User Guide Required Privilege Level Related Documentation List of Sample
156. descriptions are provided in CLI Explorer e clear Clear statistics and protocol database information mtrace Trace mtrace packets from source to receiver Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 15 CLI User Guide monitor Perform real time debugging of various software components including the routing protocols and interfaces ping Determine the reachability of a remote network host show Display the current configuration and information about interfaces routing protocols routing tables routing policy filters system alarms and the chassis e test Test the configuration and application of policy filters and autonomous system AS path regular expressions traceroute Trace the route to a remote network host Commands for connecting to other network systems The ssh command opens Secure Shell connections and the telnet command opens telnet sessions to other hosts on the network For information about these commands see CLI Explorer Commands for copying files The copy command copies files from one location on the router or switch to another from the router or switch to a remote system or from a remote system to the router or switch For information about these commands see CLI Explorer Commands for restarting software processes The commands in the restart hierarchy restart the various Junos OS processes including the routing protocol interface and SNMP For information about t
157. dividual set interfaces commands Similarly to deactivate a group of 30 logical interfaces you can use the wildcard range deactivate command instead of deactivating each logical interface individually You can use wildcard range with the active deactivate delete protect set show and unprotect configuration commands user host wildcard range Possible completions activate Remove the inactive tag from a statement deactivate Add the inactive tag to a statement delete Delete a data element protect Protect the statement set Set a parameter show Show a parameter unprotect Unprotect the statement You can also specify all configuration hierarchy levels and their child configuration statements in the CLI by using wildcard range with the set option Possible completions gt gt access Network access configuration gt gt access profile Access profile for this instance gt gt accounting options Accounting data configuration gt gt applications Define applications by protocol characteristics The following examples show how to configure multiple configuration statements in a single step by using the range option with the wildcard configuration command Using the Range Option for Configuring a Series of Named Identifiers for a Configuration Statement on page 101 e Specifying Multiple Ranges in the Syntax on page 102 e Specifying a Range and Unique Numbers In the Syntax on page 102 Excluding Some Values from
158. e Log in to the device and enter commit edit batch user RO commit Added to commit queue request id 1000 To assign a higher priority to a batch commit job issue the commit command with the priority option edit batch user RO commit priority Added to commit queue request id 1001 To commit a configuration without aggregating the configuration changes with other commit jobs in the queue issue the commit command with the atomic option edit batch user RO commit atomic Added to commit queue request id 1002 A To commit a configuration without aggregating the configuration changes with other commit jobs in the queue and issuing a higher priority to the commit job issue the commit command with the atomic priority option edit batch user RO commit atomic priority Added to commit queue request id 1003 Verification Confirm that the configuration is working properly Checking the Batch Commit Server Status on page 124 Checking the Batch Commit Status on page 124 e Viewing the Patch Files in a Batch Commit Job on page 125 e Viewing the Trace Files for Batch Commit Operations on page 127 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 123 CLI User Guide 124 Purpose Action Meaning Purpose Checking the Batch Commit Server Status Check the status of the batch commit server user RO gt show system commit server Commit server status Not running By default the status of the commit ser
159. e 7 0 20040629 0 JUNOS Kernel Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support T Series 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Online Documentation 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Support Tools Package 7 0 20040630 0 Sample Output All T640 Routers all Icc Option 22 user host gt show version all lcc 1cc0 re0 Hostname 1ccO Model t640 JUNOS Base OS boot 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Base OS Software Suite 7 0 20040629 0 JUNOS Kernel Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support T Series 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Online Documentation 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 3 CLI Operational Mode JUNOS Support Tools Package 7 0 20040630 0 1cci re0 Hostname lcc1 Model t640 JUNOS Base OS boot 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Base OS Software Suite 7 0 20040629 0 JUNOS Kernel Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support T Series 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Online Documentation 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Support Tools Package 7 0 20040630 0 Related Interface Naming Conventions Used in the Junos OS Operational Commands on page 211 D tati ie Using the Junos OS CLI Comment
160. e 105 Committing a Junos OS Configuration on Documentation page 112 Scheduling a Junos Commit Operation on page 116 Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration on page 94 Monitoring the Junos Commit Process on page 117 Adding a Comment to Describe the Committed Configuration on page 118 262 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc configure Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation List of Sample Output Output Fields Sample Output configure Chapter 25 Operational Commands EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series configure lt dynamic gt lt exclusive gt lt private gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9 0 for EX Series switches Enter configuration mode When this command is entered without any optional keywords everyone can make configuration changes and commit all changes made to the configuration none Enter configuration mode dynamic Optional Configure routing policies and certain routing policy objects in a dynamic database that is not subject to the same verification required in the standard configuration database As a result the time it takes to commit changes to the dynamic database is much shorter than for the standard configuration database You can then reference these poli
161. e 188 maximum entries Batch Commits on page 189 e protect e quit rename e rename replace rollback run e save server Batch Commits on page 198 set status top traceoptions Batch Commits on page 202 e unprotect Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 175 CLI User Guide apply groups Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 176 Up Update when on page 206 e wildcard delete EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series apply groups group names All hierarchy levels Statement introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Apply a configuration group to a specific hierarchy level in a configuration to have a configuration inherit the statements in the configuration group You can specify more than one group name You must list them in order of inheritance priority The configuration data in the first group takes priority over the data in subsequent groups group names One or more names specified in the groups statement configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 groups on page 178 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 19 Configuration Statements
162. e 39 Forms of the configure Command on page 40 e Additional Details About Specifying Junos Statements and Identifiers on page 42 Understanding Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series You can configure all properties of Junos OS including interfaces general routing information routing protocols and user access as well as several system hardware properties As described in Understanding the Junos OS CLI Modes Commands and Statement Hierarchies on page 5 a router configuration is stored as a hierarchy of statements In configuration mode you create the specific hierarchy of configuration statements that you want to use When you have finished entering the configuration statements you commit them which activates the configuration on the router You can create the hierarchy interactively or you can create an ASCII text file that is loaded onto the router or switch and then committed This topic covers Configuration Mode Commands on page 34 Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 35 Configuration Statement Hierarchy on page 37 CLI User Guide Configuration Mode Commands Table 6 on page 34 summarizes each CLI configuration mode command The commands are organized alphabetically Table 6 Summary of Configuration Mode Commands Command Description activate Remove the inactive tag from a statement effect
163. e CLI to view the device status and perform a simple configuration change See the related topics listed in this section for more information about the Junos OS CLI features NOTE For complete information about the commands to issue to configure your device including examples see the Junos OS feature guides Related gt Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 72 D tati OPSE Getting Online Help from the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 9 Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History on page 166 Example Configuring a Routing Protocol on page 78 Example Configuring a Routing Protocol Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series This topic provides a sample configuration that describes how to configure an OSPF backbone area that has two SONET interfaces The final configuration looks like this edit protocols f ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 interface so O 0 1 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 78 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration This topic contains the following examples of configuring a routing protocol e Shortcut on page 79 Longer Configuration on page 79 Making Changes to a Routing Protocol Configuration on page 81 Shortcut You can create a shortcut for this entire configuration with the
164. e candidate configuration with either the current committed configuration or a configuration file and displays the differences between the two configurations To compare configurations enter compare after the pipe symbol edit user host show compare filename rollback n filename is the full path to a configuration file nis the index into the list of previously committed configurations The most recently saved configuration is O If you do not specify arguments the candidate configuration is compared against the active configuration file config juniper conf The comparison output uses the following conventions Statements that are only in the candidate configuration are prefixed with a plus sign Statements that are only in the comparison file are prefixed with a minus sign Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 25 CLI User Guide 26 Statements that are unchanged are prefixed with a single blank space For example user host gt show configuration system compare rollback 9 edit system host name nutmeg backup router 192 168 71 254 ports console log out on disconnect edit system name server 172 17 28 11 172 17 28 101 edit system name server 172 17 28 101 172 17 28 100 172 17 28 10 edit system scripts commit allow transients mm Services ftp rlogin rsh telnet Starting
165. e changes made at the edit protocols bgp hierarchy level edit user host edit protocols bgp edit protocols bgp user host show group my group type internal hold time 60 advertise inactive allow 1 1 1 1 32 group fred f type external peer as 33333 allow 2 2 2 2 32 group test peers f type external allow 3 3 3 3 32 edit protocols bgp user host set group my group hold time 90 edit protocols bgp user host delete group my group advertise inactive edit protocols bgp user host set group fred advertise inactive edit protocols bgp user host delete group test peers edit protocols bgp user host show compare edit protocols bgp group my group hold time 60 hold time 90 advertise inactive edit protocols bgp group fred advertise inactive edit protocols bgp group test peers f type external allow 3 3 3 3 32 edit protocols bgp user host show group my group type internal hold time 90 allow 1 1 1 1 32 group fred f 296 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 26 Troubleshooting Procedures type external advertise inactive peer as 3333 allow 2 2 2 2 32 Creating and Returning to a Rescue Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series SRX Series T Series Arescue configuration allows you to define a known working configuration or a configuration with a known state that you can roll back to at any time
166. e configuration user host gt show configuration match at at 2 1 0 at 2 1 1 at 2 2 0 at 5 2 0 at 5 3 0 Preventing Output from Being Paginated By default if output is longer than the length of the terminal screen you are provided with a more message to display the remaining output To display the remaining output press the Spacebar To prevent the output from being paginated enter no more after the pipe symbol The following example displays output from the show configuration command all at once user host gt show configuration no more This feature is useful for example if you want to copy the entire output and paste it into an e mail Sending Command Output to Other Users To display command output on the terminal of a specific user logged in to your router or on the terminals of all users logged in to your router enter request message all user account terminal after the pipe symbol If you are troubleshooting your router and for example talking with a customer service representative on the phone you can use the request message command to send your representative the command output you are currently viewing on your terminal Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 29 CLI User Guide The following example sends the output from the show interfaces command you enter on your terminal to the terminal of the user root ttypl user host gt show interfaces request message us
167. e expanded configuration the configuration including the inherited statements without the lines use the except command after the pipe in a show command edit user host show display inheritance except snmp location West of Nowhere contact My Engineering Group community BasicAccess f authorization read only 144 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups e NOTE Using the display inheritance except option removes all the lines with Therefore you might also not be able to view information about passwords and other important data where is Used To view the complete configuration details with all the information without just the comments marked with Use the no comments option with the display inheritance command edit user host show display inheritance no comments snmp location West of Nowhere contact My Engineering Group community BasicAccess f authorization read only Related Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 D tati een Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 Using Wildcards with Configuration Groups Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can use wildcards to identify names and allow one statement to provide data for a variety of statements For example grouping the configuration of the sonet options state
168. e file such as on the same line following a statement or on a separate line following a statement they are removed when you use the load command to open the configuration into the CLI When you include comments in the configuration file directly you can format comments in the following ways Start the comment with a and end it with a The comment text can be on a single line or can span multiple lines Start the comment with a and end it with a new line carriage return If you add comments with the annotate command you can view the comments within the configuration by entering the show configuration mode command or the show configuration operational mode command When configuring interfaces you can add comments about the interface by including the description statement at the edit interfaces interface name hierarchy level Any comments you include appear in the output of the show interfaces commands e NOTE The Junos OS supports annotation up to the last level in the configuration hierarchy including oneliners However annotation of parts the child statements or identifiers within the oneliner of the oneliner is not supported For example in the following sample configuration hierarchy annotation is supported up to the level 1 parent hierarchy but not supported for the metric child statement edit protocols isis f interface ge 0 0 0 0 f level 1 metric 70 Related Adding Junos Configuration
169. e file to the local router and then load the file into the CLI After you have loaded the file you can commit it to activate the configuration on the router or you can edit the configuration interactively using the CLI and commit it at a later time You can also create a configuration while typing at the terminal and then load it Loading aconfiguration from the terminalis generally useful when you are cutting existing portions of the configuration and pasting them elsewhere in the configuration To load an existing configuration file that is located on the router use the load configuration mode command edit user host load factory default merge override patch replace set update filename relative For information about specifying the filename see Specifying Filenames and URLs on page 219 To load a configuration from the terminal use the following version of the load configuration mode command Type D to end input edit user host load factory default merge override patch replace set update terminal relative Toreplace an entire configuration specify the override option at any level of the hierarchy An override operation discards the current candidate configuration and loads the configuration in filename or the one that you type at the terminal When you use the override option and commit the configuration all system processes reparse the configuration For an example see Figure 8 on
170. e pestes 6 ads 227 Example Using Comments in Junos OS Operational Mode Commands 227 Managing the CLI Environment 229 Controlling the Junos OS CLI Environment 229 Setting the Terminal Type 230 Setting the CLI Prompt 230 Setting the CUI DireCtOns ccaaacdd cuca prex dee X Pere ce rouse shee 230 Setting the CLI Timestamp 230 Setting the Idle TImeoUt asscc erre Ee vau EE Shed ss 230 Setting the CLI to Prompt After a Software Upgrade 230 Setting Command Completion 231 Displaying CLI Settings llle 231 Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands 231 CLI Command Categories 231 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands 233 Setting the Junos OS CLI Screen Length and Width 234 Setting the Screen Length 234 Setting the Screen Wicltlhis su dbruEER PRIMO Te san EDS date 234 Understanding the Screen Length and Width Settings 235 CLI Advanced Features 44 44 237 Common Regular Expressions to Use with the replace Command 237 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Table of Contents Chapter 24 Ju
171. e regular expression contains spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose the expression in quotation marks Greedy qualifiers match as much as possible are supported Lazy qualifiers match as little as possible are not upto n Number of objects replaced The value of n controls the total number of objects that are replaced in the configuration not the total number of times the pattern occurs Objects at the same hierarchy level siblings are replaced first Multiple occurrences of a pattern within a given object are considered a single replacement If you do not specify an upto option all identifiers and values in the configuration that match pattern are replaced configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration on page 49 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc rollback Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series QFX Series T Series rollback number rescue Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 11 1 for the QFX Series Return to a previously committed configuration The software saves the last 50 committed configurations including the rollback n
172. ectories on page 217 e Specifying Filenames and URLs on page 219 Directories on the Router or Switch Table 12 on page 216 lists some standard directories on a device running Junos OS Table 12 Directories on the Router Directory Description config This directory is located on the device s router s internal flash drive It contains the active configuration juniper conf and rollback files 1 2 and 3 var db config This directory is located on the router sdevice s hard drive and contains rollback files 4 through 49 var tmp This directory is located on thedevice s hard drive It holds core files from the various processes on the Routing Engines Core files are generated when a particular process crashes and are used by Juniper Networks engineers to diagnose the reason for failure var log This directory is located on the device s hard drive It contains files generated by both the device s logging function as well as the traceoptions command var home This directory is located on the device s hard drive It contains a subdirectory for each configured user on the device These individual user directories are the default file location for many Junos OS commands altroot This directory is located on the device s hard drive and contains a copy of the root file structure from the internal flash drive This directory is Used in certain disaster recovery modes where the internal flash drive is not operational
173. ed and becomes the current operational configuration on both Routing Engines The commit synchronize command does not work if the responding Routing Engine has uncommitted configuration changes However you can enforce commit synchronization on the Routing Engines by using the force option When you issue the commit synchronize command with the force option from one Routing Engine the configuration sessions on the other Routing Engine is terminated and its configuration synchronized with that on the Routing Engine from which you issued the command Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 261 CLI User Guide e NOTE When you issue the commit synchronize command you must use the apply groupsreO and rel commands For information about how to use groups see Disabling Inheritance of a Junos OS Configuration Group on page 143 The responding Routing Engine must use Junos OS Release 5 0 or later Required Privilege configure To enter configuration mode Level D NOTE If you are using Junos OS in a Common Criteria environment system log messages are created whenever a secret attribute is changed for example password changes or changes to the RADIUS shared secret These changes are logged during the following configuration load operations load merge load replace load override load update For more information see the Secure Configuration Guide for Common Criteria and Junos FIPS Related Verifying a Junos Configuration on pag
174. el channel channel Related Example Configuring Interfaces Using Junos OS Configuration Groups on page 152 Documentation 212 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 21 Routine Monitoring Checking the Status of a Device Running Junos OS on page 213 Monitoring Who Uses the Junos OS CLI on page 215 e Viewing Files and Directories on a Device Running Junos OS on page 216 Displaying Junos OS Information on page 220 Managing Programs and Processes Using Junos OS Operational Mode Commands on page 222 Using the Junos OS CLI Comment Character for Operational Mode Commands on page 227 Example Using Comments in Junos OS Operational Mode Commands on page 227 Checking the Status of a Device Running Junos OS Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can use show commands to check the status of the device and monitor the activities on the device To help you become familiar with show commands Type show to display the list of show commands you can use to monitor the router root gt show Possible completions accounting Show accounting profiles and records aps Show Automatic Protection Switching information arp Show system Address Resolution Protocol table entries as path Show table of known autonomous system paths bfd Show Bidirectional Forwarding Detection information bgp Show Border Gateway Protocol information chassis Show chassis inform
175. ello interval 5 dead interval 20 interface so 0 0 1 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit user host This configuration now contains the statements you want 10 Before committing the configuration and thereby activating it verify that the configuration is correct edit user host commit check configuration check succeeds edit user host Ti Commit the configuration to activate it on the router edit user host commit commit complete edit user host Making Changes to a Routing Protocol Configuration Suppose you decide to use different dead and hello intervals on interface so 0 0 1 You can make changes to the configuration 1 Go directly to the appropriate hierarchy level by typing the full hierarchy path to the statement you want to edit edit user host edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host show hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host set hello interval 7 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host set dead interval 28 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host top edit user host show protocols f Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 81 CLI User Guide 82 ospf f area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 interface so 0 0 1 f hello in
176. ements This topic contains the following sections Setting the Screen Length on page 234 e Setting the Screen Width on page 234 Understanding the Screen Length and Width Settings on page 235 Setting the Screen Length The default CLI screen length is 24 lines To change the length use the set cli screen length command user host gt set cli screen length length Setting the screen length to O lines disables the display of output one screen at a time Disabling this UNIX more type interface can be useful when you are issuing CLI commands from scripts Setting the Screen Width The default CLI screen width is 80 characters To change the width use the set cli screen width command user host gt set cli screen width width 234 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 22 Managing the CLI Environment Understanding the Screen Length and Width Settings The cli screen length and cli screen width settings in combination with each other and the size of the telnet or console window determine the extent of output displayed before each more prompt appears The following examples explain how the cli screen length and cli screen width values determine the appearance of the output When the CLI screen width is set to the default value 80 characters and the cli scree length to 1O lines the more prompt appears on the tenth line of the output When the CLI screen width is set to 20 characters and the CLI scree
177. eply gt Displaying the RPC tags for a Command To display the remote procedure call RPC XML tags for an operational mode command enter display xml rpc after the pipe symbol The following example displays the RPC tags for the show route command user host gt show route display xml rpc rpc reply xmins junos http xml juniper net junos 10 110 junos gt lt rpc gt lt get route information gt get route information rpc cli banner banner cli rpc reply Ignoring Output That Does Not Match a Regular Expression To ignore text that matches a regular expression specify the except command after the pipe symbol If the regular expression contains any spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose it in quotation marks For information on common regular expression Operators see Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 24 The following example displays all users who are logged in to the router except for the User root user host gt show system users except root Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 27 CLI User Guide 8 28PM up 1 day 13 59 2 users load averages 0 01 0 01 0 00 USER TTY FROM LOGING IDLE WHAT sheep pO baa juniper net 7 25PM cli Displaying Output from the First Match of a Regular Expression To display output starting with the first occurrence of text matching a regular expression enter find af
178. er host commit and quit commit complete Exiting configuration mode user host gt e To exit without committing edit user host exit Exiting configuration mode user host gt When you exit configuration mode the CLI prompt changes from user host to user host gt and the banner no longer appears You can enter or exit configuration mode as many times as you wish without committing your changes 4 To display the output of an operational mode command such as show while in configuration mode issue the run configuration mode command and then specify the operational mode command edit user host run operational mode command For example to display the currently set priority value of the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol VRRP primary router while you are modifying the VRRP configuration for a backup router edit interfaces xe 4 2 0 unit O family inet vrrp group 27 user host show virtual address 192 168 115 J edit interfaces xe 4 2 0 unit O family inet vrrp group 27 user host run show vrrp detail Physical interface xe 5 2 0 Unit O Address 192 168 29 10 24 Interface state up Group 10 State backup Priority 190 Advertisement interval 3 Authentication type simple Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 75 CLI User Guide Related Documentation Preempt yes VIP count 1 VIP 192 168 29 55 Dead timer 8 326 Master priority 201 Master router 192 168 29 254 edit interfaces xe 4 2 0 unit O
179. er host commit comment add user joe commit complete edit user host To add a comment to the commit confirmed command include the comment statement after the commit confirmed command edit user host commit confirmed comment add customer to port 27 commit confirmed will be automatically rolled back in 1O minutes unless confirmed commit complete edit user host To view these commit comments issue the show system commit operational mode command In Junos OS Release 11 4 and later you can also use the commit confirmed command in the edit private configuration mode Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Backing Up the Committed Configuration on the Alternate Boot Drive on page 119 Backing Up the Committed Configuration on the Alternate Boot Drive Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series After you commit the configuration and are satisfied that it is running successfully you should issue the request system snapshot command to back up the new software onto the altconfig file system If you do not issue the request system snapshot command the configuration on the alternate boot drive will be out of sync with the configuration on the primary boot drive The request system snapshot command backs up the root file system to altroot and config to altconfig The root and config file systems are on the router s flash drive and the altroot and altconfig
180. er root ttypl The user root ttypl1 sees the following output appear on the terminal screen Message from user host on dev ttypO at 10 32 PST Physical interface dsc Enabled Physical link is Up Interface index 5 SNMP ifIndex 5 Type Software Pseudo MTU Unlimited Resolving IP Addresses If the output of a command displays an unresolved IP address you can enter resolve after the command to display the name associated with the IP address The resolve filter enables the systern to perform a reverse DNS lookup of the IP address If DNS is not enabled the lookup fails and no substitution is performed To perform a reverse DNS lookup of an unresolved IP address enter resolve lt full names gt after the pipe symbol If you do not specify the full names option the name is truncated to fit whatever field width limitations apply to the IP address The following example performs a DNS lookup on any unresolved IP addresses in the output from the show ospf neighbors command user host gt show ospf neighbors resolve Saving Output toa File When command output is lengthy when you need to store or analyze the output or when you need to send the output in an e rnail or by FTP you can save the output to a file By default the file is placed in your home directory on the router To save command output to a file enter save filename after the pipe symbol The following example saves the output from the request suppor
181. erational Mode Commands on page 15 Junos OS Operational Mode Commands That Combine Other Commands on page 18 Understanding the Brief Detail Extensive and Terse Options of Junos OS Operational Commands on page 19 Controlling the Scope of an Operational Mode Command on page 20 Using the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 23 Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 24 Pipe Filter Functions in the Junos OS command line interface on page 25 Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series This topic provides an overview of Junos OS CLI operational mode commands and contains the following sections CLI Command Categories on page 15 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands on page 16 CLI Command Categories When you log in to a device running Junos OS and the CLI starts there are several broad groups of CLI commands Commands for controlling the CLI environment Some set commands in the set hierarchy configure the CLI display screen For information about these commands see Understanding the Junos OS CLI Modes Commands and Statement Hierarchies on page 5 Commands for monitoring and troubleshooting The following commands display information and statistics about the software and test network connectivity Detailed command
182. erge ODpEIOD u odd Rr bot o9 eot Eo En wore 132 Figure 11 Using a Patch File 133 Figure 12 Using the set Option iussu e x Rv x den ed abe ede hi rm REA 133 CLI Advanced Features mmu ere quomo cuique siad Ri ERE 171 Figure 13 Replacement by Object 173 Administration Routine Monitoring 2 552 992124x isetende innii made m ga 213 Figure 14 Restarting a Process 225 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc xi CLI User Guide xii Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc List of Tables Part 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Part 3 Chapter 21 Chapter 22 Chapter 23 Chapter 24 Chapter 25 About the Documentation 55 ip mr RR ERE EEG EUR en Im RR Reis XV Table T Notice Icons ssa suos nhac ER IAE RIeTy Y re NOCE EPEA Hecke xvii Table 2 Text and Syntax Conventions xvii Overview CLVOVEIVIEW eg disons enorme aoe E E E ta ate tine anes 3 Table 3 CLI Configuration Mode Navigation Commands 7 CLI Operational Mode 4 444 4444 e eee 15 Table 4 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands 17 Table 5 Common Regular Expression Operators in Operational Mode CoMMaANdS 4e crea memvossheisi cos ineoomtentieionues 24 CLI Configuration MOde ii ases vade rd kr der pra or rac es rad e y E ee 33
183. es ee 47 environment settings CLI command completion diSplayllg s item m tmt de enis example configuration idle tIMEOUT ne prompt string esses tasses screen diMENsIONS software upgrade restarting after 230 terminal type timestamp ccrtc itere teet ia working directory 5 except COMMANG acce eec cetero except TIGE ottenuti rnc edens XE COMMAN ese ccce iterat tono R from configuration mode 75 usage guidelines senes 34 62 exit configuration mode command 184 usage guidelines senten 62 extension command usage guidelines ennt 34 F file command nn usage guidelines filenames specifying in commands files ISDS ours ceteri 217 saving command output Ones 30 saving configurations to files 298 VIG WINS i c 216 TING commandes citi in eR ees 256 FING ite Riese 28 font conventions e t An xvii FreeBSD UNIX Kernel nn 4 308 G groups statement sess te trenta 178 sdge gulcellmnes nates 137 Vnlg EU EE 206 H help apropos command usage guidelines sentes 10 help commangl em retentis 185 267 usage guidelines seenernnn 10 34 help reference command usage guidelines sentes 10 help tip clicommand usage guidelines senten 12 history CLI commands clisplayilig cct ee nn 254
184. et full name Nathan Chen Configure an account class The account class sets the user access privileges for the account edit system login user nchen Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration root host set class super user 6 Configure an authentication method and password for the account edit system login user nchen root host set authentication plain text password New password Retype new password When the new password prompt appears enter a clear text password that the system can encrypt and then confirm the new password 7 Commit the configuration edit system login user nchen root host commit commit complete Configuration changes are not activated until you commit the configuration If the commit is successful a commit complete message appears 8 Return to the top level of the configuration and then exit edit system login user nchen root host top edit root host exit Exiting configuration mode Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 77 CLI User Guide 9 Log out of the device root host gt exit logout Connection closed 10 To test your changes log back in with the user account and password you just configured login nchen Password password Junos 8 3 R1 1 built 2005 12 15 22 42 19 UTC nchen host gt When you log in you should see the new username at the command prompt You have successfully used th
185. et relative Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Required Privilege Level Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series show display set relative Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Display the configuration as a series of configuration mode commands required to re create the configuration from the current hierarchy level edit interfaces fe 0 0 0 user host show unit O family inet f address 192 107 1 230 24 family iso family mpls inactive unit 1 f family inet f address 10 0 0 1 8 user host show display set relative set unit O family inet address 192 107 1 230 24 set unit O family iso set unit O family mpls set unit 1 family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 deactivate unit 1 view Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration on page 65 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 287 CLI User Guide show groups junos defaults Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Syntax show groups junos defaults Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Display the full set of available preset statements from the Junos OS defaults group user host show groups junos defaults groups junos defaults f applications f File Transfer Protocol application junos ftp f application protocol ftp protocol tcp destination
186. etry timer 5 155m was inherited from group mpls conf Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 159 CLI User Guide Related Documentation bandwidth 155m 60 was inherited from group mpls conf optimize timer 60 label switched path remote minor f to 10 0 0 20 THE 15 was inherited from group mpls conf retry timer 15 64k was inherited from group mpls conf bandwidth 64k 120 was inherited from group mpls conf optimize timer 120 Using Wildcards with Configuration Groups on page 145 Using Junos OS Defaults Groups Supported Platforms 160 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Junos OS provides a hidden and immutable configuration group called junos defaults that is automatically applied to the configuration of your router The junos defaults group contains preconfigured statements that contain predefined values for common applications Some of the statements must be referenced to take effect such as definitions for applications for example FTP or telnet settings Other statements are applied automatically such as terminal settings e NOTE Many identifiers included in the junos defaults configuration group begin with the name junos Because identifiers beginning with the name junos are reserved for use by Juniper Networks you cannot define any configuration objects using this name You cannot include junos
187. ets pattern to differentiate it from other wildcarding in the configuration file edit groups f sonet default f interfaces f so sonet options f payload scrambler rfc 2615 Wildcard expressions match and provide configuration data for existing statements in the configuration that match their expression only In the previous example the expression so passes its sonet options statement to any interface that matches the expression so The following example shows how to specify a range of interfaces edit groups f gigabit ethernet interfaces f interfaces f ge 1 2 5 8 f description These interfaces reserved for Customer ABC Angle brackets allow you to pass normal wildcarding through without modification In any matching within the configuration whether it is done with or without wildcards the first item encountered in the configuration that matches is used In the following example data from the wildcarded BGP groups is inherited in the order in which the groups are listed The preference value from lt a gt overrides the preference in b just as the p value from c overrides the one from d Data values from any of these groups override the data values from abcd edit user host show groups f one protocols f bgp group lt a gt f preference 1 146 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Related Documentation Chapter 14 Creating and Applyin
188. evel with the show command edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 user host show hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 user host 7 You are finished at this level so back up a level and take a look at what you have so far edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 user host up edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host show interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host The interface statement appears because you have moved to the area statement 8 Add the secondinterface edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host edit interface so 0 0 1 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host set hello interval 5 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host set dead interval 20 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host up edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host show interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 interface so 0 0 1 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host 9 Back up to the top level and see what you have edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host top edit user host show protocols f ospf f Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f h
189. ex range O 255 maximum vcs Maximum number of virtual circuits on this VP vpi O maximum vcs 512 unit Logical unit number range O 16384 unit O Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration vci ATM point to point virtual circuit identifier vpi vci vci 0 128 Related Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration on page 65 Documentation Using the configure exclusive Command Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series If you enter configuration mode with the configure exclusive command you lock the candidate global configuration also known as the shared configuration or shared configuration database for as long as you remain in configuration mode allowing you to make changes without interference from other users Other users can enter and exit configuration mode but they cannot commit the configuration If another user has locked the configuration and you need to forcibly log the person out enter the operational mode command request system logout pid pid number If you enter configuration mode and another user is also in configuration mode and has locked the configuration a message identifies the user and the portion of the configuration that the user is viewing or editing user host gt configure Entering configuration mode Users currently editing the configurati
190. expression syntax reference statement name Optional Display summary information for a configuration statement This information is based on summary descriptions that appear in the Junos feature guides syslog syslog tag Optional Display information about system log messages tip cli number Optional Display a tip about using the CLI Specify the number of the tip you want to view topic word Optional Display usage guidelines for a topic or configuration statement This information is based on subjects that appear in the Junos feature guides None Getting Online Help from the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 9 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 267 CLI User Guide request Supported Platforms Release Information 268 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Syntax request chassis ipsec switch message mpls routing engine security services system flow collector support information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Stop or reboot router components switch between primary and backup components display messages and display system information e CAUTION Halt the backup Routing Engine before you remove it or shut off the power to the router otherwise you might need to reinstall the Junos OS NOTE If your router contains two Routing Engines and you want to shut the power off to the router or re
191. f individual commit operations that are aggregated or merged into a single commit operation Range 1 through 4294967295 Default 5 system To view this statement in the configuration system control To add this statement to the configuration Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits on page 120 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 19 Configuration Statements maximum entries Batch Commits Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation LN Series M Series MX Series SRX Series T Series maximum entries number of entries edit system commit server Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12 1 For Junos OS batch commits specify the maximum number of commit jobs that are included in the commit queue number of entries Maximum number of commit jobs that are included in the commit queue system To view this statement in the configuration system control To add this statement to the configuration Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits on page 120 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 189 CLI User Guide protect Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 190 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series T Series protect hierarchy statement identifier Command introduced in Junos O
192. f the batch specified by the user or the time when the batch job is added When one batch commit is complete the next set of configuration changes are aggregated and loaded into the batch queue for the next session of the batch commit operation Batches are created until there are no commit entries left in the queue directory When compared to the regular commit operation where all commits are independently committed sequentially batch commits save time and system resources by committing multiple small configuration edits in a single commit operation Batch commits are performed from the edit batch configuration mode The commit server properties can be configured at the edit system commit server hierarchy level Aggregation and Error Handling When there is a load time error in one of the aggregated jobs the commit job that encounters the error is discarded and the remaining jobs are aggregated and committed For example if there are five commit jobs commit 1 commit 2 commit 3 commit 4 and commit 5 being aggregated and commit 3 encounters an error while loading commit 3 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration is discarded and commit 1 commit 2 commit 4 and commit 5 are aggregated and committed If there is an error during the commit operation when two or more jobs are aggregated and committed the aggregation is discarded and each of those jobs is committed individu
193. fault Statements That Have Been Applied to the Configuration on page 162 Creating a Junos Configuration Group Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To create a configuration group include the groups statement at the edit hierarchy level edit groups group name configuration data Iccn reO Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 137 CLI User Guide 138 configuration data Iccn rel f configuration data group name is the name of a configuration group You can configure more than one configuration group by specifying multiple group name statements However you cannot use the prefix junos in a group name becauseit is reserved for use by Junos OS Similarly the configuration group juniper ais is reserved exclusively for Juniper Advanced Insight Solutions AIS related configuration For more information on the juniper ais configuration group see the Juniper Networks Advanced Insight Solutions Guide One reason for the naming restriction is a configuration group called junos defaults This preset configuration group is applied to the configuration automatically You cannot modify or remove the junos defaults configuration group For more information about the Junos default configuration group see Using Junos OS Defaults Groups on page 160 On routers that support multiple Routing Engines you can also specify two special group names reO Configur
194. ffic statistics Input bytes Output bytes Input packets Output packets more CLI User Guide Related Documentation Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands on page 15 Controlling the Scope of an Operational Mode Command on page 20 Controlling the Scope of an Operational Mode Command Supported Platforms 20 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The Junos OS CLI operational commands include options that you can use to identify specific components on a device running Junos OS For example 1 Typethe show interfaces command to display information about all interfaces on the router user host gt show interfaces Physical interface so 0 0 0 Enabled Physical link is Up Interface index 128 SNMP ifIndex 23 Link level type PPP MTU 4474 Clocking Internal SONET mode Speed OC3 Loopback None FCS 16 Payload scrambler Enabled Device flags Present Running Interface flags Point To Point SNMP Traps Internal 0x4000 Link flags Keepalives Keepalive settings Interval 10 seconds Up count 1 Down count 3 Keepalive Input 13861 00 00 05 ago Output 13891 00 00 01 ago LCP state Opened NCP state inet Opened inet6 Not configured iso Opened mpls Not configured CHAP state Closed PAP state Closed CoS queues 4 supported 4 maximum usable queues Last flapped 2008 06 02 17 16 14 PDT 1d 14 21 ago Input rate 40 bps 0 pps Output rate
195. figuration Mode 114 Activating a Junos Configuration but Requiring Confirmation 115 Scheduling a Junos Commit Operation 116 Monitoring the Junos Commit Process 117 Adding a Comment to Describe the Committed Configuration 118 Backing Up the Committed Configuration on the Alternate Boot Drive 119 Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits 120 Junos OS Batch Commits Overview 120 Aggregation and Error Handling 120 Example Configuring Batch Commit Server Properties 121 Loading a Junos OS Configuration 129 Loading a Configuration from a File 129 Examples Loading a Configuration from a File 131 Synchronizing the Junos OS Configuration 135 Synchronizing Routing ENSINGS 45448 dada npa qur REFERRE ina 135 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups 137 Creating a Junos Configuration Group 137 Applying a Junos Configuration Groups scc seme see sr m eu nd oa neues 139 Example Configuring and Applying Junos Configuration Groups 140 Example Creating and Applying Configuration Groups on a TX Matrix Router 142 Disabling Inheritance of a Ju
196. figuration on page 63 Documentation Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series When modifying a Junos configuration you can rename an identifier that is already in the configuration You can do this either by deleting the identifier using the delete command and then adding the renamed identifier using the set and edit commands or you can rename the identifier using the rename configuration mode command user host rename lt statement path gt identifier to identifier2 Related Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 D tati Meere Example Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 e Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 92 Example Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series This example shows how you can change the Network Time Protocol NTP server address to 10 0 0 6 using the rename configuration mode command edit user host rename system network time server 10 0 07 to server 10 0 0 6 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 91 CLI User Guide Related Documentation Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series
197. figuration versions 295 number of lines counting eee 27 pagination preventing 29 regular expressions first match displaying from 28 matching output displaying 29 nonmatching output ignoring 27 RECA LOL LENS icti ceptus 28 RPC displaying 27 Saving toa fil ponsin nn 30 sending tO Users 29 XML format displaying 27 CommandiShell sseessssvanssnmensnannnenns 3 commands COImpLe Lio nn te terit 12 231 CODfIBUEO 22 e ettet 231 filenames specifying ses 219 help abOoUt uae ttt tette tne ict 9 history options URES SDeCIfyIFig 4 tociens retient 219 comments adding to configuration file 96 comments in configuration statements xviii commit and quit command usage guidelines nnns 114 commit at command sage guidelines unis Ha 116 commit COMMANA nn 260 usage guidelines eene 34 112 commit comment command Usage guidelines acere 118 commit confirmed command sage guldelirnes hs nie 115 commit operations pending displayifig s teh unes 289 COMMU SENDS scent seein eee 7 commit Statement nada 198 commit synchronize command 260 commit display detail command usage guidelines 2 Reti eee 117 commit interval statement sss 177 306 committing configuration and exiting configuration mode 114 et
198. filename or var path filename File on the local hard disk a filename or a path filename File on the local drive The default path is the root level directory The removable media can be in MS DOS or UNIX UFS format hostname path filename hostname filename hostname path filename or scp hostname path filename File on an scp ssh client This form is not available in the worldwide version of Junos OS The default path is the user s home directory on the remote system You can also specify hostname as username hostname ftp hostname path filename File on an FTP server You can also specify hostname as username hostname or username password hostname The default path is the user s home directory To specify an absolute path the path must start with the string 2F for example ftp hostname o2Fpath filename To have the system prompt you for the password specify prompt in place of the password If a password is required and you do not specify the password or prompt an error message is displayed user host gt file copy ftp username ftp hostname net filename file copy ftp hostname net Not logged in user host gt file copy ftp username prompt ftphostname net filename Password for username ftp hostname net http hostname path filename File on a Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP server You can also specify hostname as username hostname or username password hostname If a password is required and y
199. ftware Suite 7 0 20040629 0 JUNOS Kernel Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 21 CLI User Guide JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support T Series 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Online Documentation 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Support Tools Package 7 0 20040630 0 1cci re0 Hostname 1ccl Model t640 JUNOS Base OS boot 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Base OS Software Suite 7 0 20040629 0 JUNOS Kernel Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support T Series 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Online Documentation 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Support Tools Package 7 0 20040630 0 Sample Output TX Matrix Router Only scc Option user host gt show version scc Hostname scc Model TX Matrix JUNOS Base OS boot 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Base OS Software Suite 7 0 20040629 0 JUNOS Kernel Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support T Series 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Online Documentation 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 Sample Output Specific T640 Router Icc number Option user host gt show version lcc O 1cc0 re0 Hostname 1cc0O Model t640 JUNOS Base OS boot 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Base OS Software Suit
200. fy that a configuration is protected 1 Try using the activate copy insert rename and delete commands for a top level hierarchy or a child level hierarchy or a statement within the hierarchy For a protected hierarchy or statement the Junos OS displays an appropriate warning that the command has not executed For example protect system host name a inactive domain search a b 2 To verify that the hierarchy is protected try issuing the activate command for the domain search statement edit system user host activate system domain search The Junos OS CLI displays an appropriate message warning system is protected system domain search cannot be activated Verify Usage of the protect Command Purpose To view the protect commands used for protecting a configuration Action 1 Navigate to the required hierarchy 2 Issue the show display set relative command user host gt show display set relative set system host name bigping set system domain search 10 1 2 1 set system login deny sources address 172 17 28 19 set system login deny sources address 172 17 28 173 set system login deny sources address 172 17 28 0 set system login deny sources address 174 0 0 0 protect system login deny sources address protect system View the Configuration in XML Purpose Tocheckif the protected hierarchies or statements are also displayed in the XML Protected hierarchies statements or identifiers are d
201. g Junos OS Configuration Groups group b f preference 2 group c out delay 3 group d out delay 4 group abcd preference 10 hold time 10 out delay 10 protocols f bgp group abcd f apply groups one edit user host show display inheritance protocols f bgp group abcd f 1 was inherited from group one preference 1 1O was inherited from group one hold time 10 3 was inherited from group one out delay 3 Selecting Wildcard Names on page 159 Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 147 CLI User Guide Example Using Conditions to Apply Configuration Groups Supported Platforms LN Series M Series MX Series T Series Using Conditions to Apply Configuration Groups Overview on page 148 Example Configuring Conditions for Applying Configuration Groups on page 148 Using Conditions to Apply Configuration Groups Overview Supported Platforms M Series MX Series T Series You can use the when statement at the edit groups group name hierarchy level to define conditions under which a configuration group should be applied You can configure a group to be applied based on the type of chassis model or routing engine virtual chassis
202. h this configuration the 10 17 40 131 address is active only on the master Routing Engine The address remains consistent regardless of Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups which Routing Engine is active Address 10 17 40 132 is assigned to fxpO on reO and 10 17 40 133 is assigned to fxpO on rel edit groups reO interfaces fxpO unit O f family inet f address 10 17 40 131 25 f master only address 10 17 40 132 25 edit groups rel interfaces fxp0 unit O f family inet f address 10 17 40 131 25 f master only address 10 17 40 133 25 This feature is available on all routers that include dual Routing Engines On a routing matrix composed of the TX Matrix router this feature is applicable to the switch card chassis SCC only Likewise on a routing matrix composed of a TX Matrix Plus router this feature is applicable to the switch fabric chassis SFC only e NOTE f you configure the same IP address for a management interface or internal interface such as fxpO and an external physical interface such as ge 0 0 1 when graceful Routing Engine switchover GRES is enabled the CLI displays an appropriate commit error message that identical addresses have been found on the private and public interfaces In such cases you must assign unique IP addresses for the two interfaces that have duplicate addresses The management Ethernet in
203. has been inherited Show interface ranges configuration data in expanded format and information about the source interface range from which the configuration has been expanded Options user host show system ports display inheritance defaults console was inherited from group junos defaults vt1OO was inherited from group junos defaults console type vt100O user host show system login class readonly display inheritance interface was inherited from group global network was inherited from group global routing was inherited from group global system was inherited from group global trace was inherited from group global view was inherited from group global permissions interface network routing system trace view user host show system login class readonly display inheritance no comments permissions interface network routing system trace view brief Display brief output for the command defaults Display the Junos OS defaults that have been applied to the configuration no comments Display configuration information without inline comments marked with terse Display terse output with inheritance details as inline comment Required Privilege view Level Related Documentation 284 Using Junos OS Defaults Groups on page 160 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands show display omit Supported Platforms E
204. hat identical addresses have been found on the private and public interfaces In such cases you must assign unique IP addresses for the two interfaces that have duplicate addresses The management Ethernet interface used for the TX Matrix Plus router T1600 routers in a routing matrix and PTX Series Packet Transport Switches is emO Junos OS automatically creates the router s management Ethernet interface emO Committing a Junos Configuration and Exiting Configuration Mode on page 114 Activating a Junos Configuration but Requiring Confirmation on page 115 Backing Up the Committed Configuration on the Alternate Boot Drive on page 119 Forms of the configure Command on page 4O Committing a Junos Configuration and Exiting Configuration Mode Supported Platforms 114 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To save Junos OS configuration changes activate the configuration on the device and exit configuration mode using the commit and quit configuration mode command This command succeeds only if the configuration contains no errors Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Related Documentation Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration user host commit and quit commit complete exiting configuration mode user host gt CD NOTE We do notrecommend performing a commit operation on the backup Routing Engine when graceful Routing Engine switchover is enabled on the router Activating a Jun
205. he changes to take operational effect at lt string gt Optional Save software configuration changes and activate the configuration at a future time or upon reboot string is reboot or the future time to activate the configuration changes Enclose the string value including reboot in quotation marks You can specify time in two formats Atime valueinthe form hh mm ss hours minutes and optionally seconds Commit the configuration at the specified time which must be in the future but before 11 59 59 PM on the day the commit at configuration command is issued Use 24 hour time for the hh value for example 04 30 00 is 4 30 00 AM and 20 00 is 8 00 PM The time is interpreted with respect to the clock and time zone settings on the router date and time value in the form yyyy mm dd hh mm ss year month date hours minutes and optionally seconds Commit the configuration at the specified day and time which must be after the commit at command is issued Use 24 hour time for the hh value For example 2003 08 21 12 30 00 is 12 30 PM on August 21 2003 The time is interpreted with respect to the clock and time zone settings on the router For example commit at 18 00 00 For date and time include both values in the same set of quotation marks For example commit at 2005 03 10 14 00 00 A commit check is performed when you issue the commit at configuration mode command If the result of the check is
206. hese commands see CLI Explorer Acommand request for performing system level operations including stopping and rebooting the router or switch and loading Junos OS images For information about this command see CLI Explorer Acommand start to exit the CLI and start a UNIX shell For information about this command see CLI Explorer Acommand configure for entering configuration mode which provides a series of commands that configure Junos OS including the routing protocols interfaces network management and user access For information about the CLI configuration commands see Understanding Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 33 Acommand quit to exit the CLI For information about this command see CL Explorer Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands Table 4 on page 17 lists some operational commands you may find useful for monitoring router or switch operation For a complete description of operational commands see the Junos OS command references e NOTE The QFX3500 switch does not support the IS IS OSPF BGP MPLS and RSVP protocols Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Table 4 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands Items to Check Software version Description Versions of software running on the router or switch Chapter 3 CLI Operational Mode Command show version Log files Contents of the log files monitor Log files and their contents and recent user logins
207. hierarchy the path of statements from the top inward as well as one or more statements at the bottom of the hierarchy This feature can reduce considerably the number of commands you must enter 4 To go back to the original hello and dead interval timers on interface so 0 0 1 enter edit user host edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host set hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host exit edit user host show protocols f ospf f area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 1 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit user host 5 You also can re create the other interface as you had it before with only a single entry edit user host set protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so O 0 1 hello interval 5 dead interval 20 edit user host show protocols f ospf f area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 interface so 0 0 1 f hello interval 5 dead interval 20 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 83 CLI User Guide edit user host Related Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 72 pocumentanon Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History on page 166 Interface Naming Conventions Used in the Junos OS Operational Commands on page 211 84 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER
208. host show display set relative Example Displaying Required set Commands at the Current Hierarchy Level Display the configuration as a series of configuration mode commands required to re create the configuration from the current hierarchy level edit interfaces fe 0 0 0 user host show unit O f family inet f address 192 107 1 230 24 family iso family mpls inactive unit 1 f family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 66 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration user host show display set relative set unit O family inet address 192 107 1 230 24 set unit O family iso set unit O family mpls set unit 1 family inet address 10 0 0 1 8 deactivate unit 1 To display the configuration as set commands and search for text matching a regular expression by filtering output specify the match option after the pipe user host show display set match regular expression Example Displaying set Commands with the match Option Display IP addresses associated with an interface xe 2 3 0 unit O family inet f address 192 107 9 106 30 so 5 1 0 unit O family inet f address 192 107 9 15 32 destination 192 107 9 192 loO 1 unit O family inet f address 127 0 0 1 32 user host show interfaces display set match address set interfaces xe 2 3 0 unit O family inet address 192 168 9 106 30 set interfaces so 5 1 0 uni
209. hy siblings but not the third instance child of the first instance user host show interfaces ge 0 0 0 f description mkt 010101 First instance in the hierarchy unit O description mkt 010101 Third instance in the hierarchy child of the first instance Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 173 CLI User Guide fe 0 0 1 description mkt 010101 second instance in the hierarchy sibling of the first instance unit O f family inet f address 200 200 20 2 24 edit user host replace pattern O1 with O2 upto 2 edit user host commit commit complete edit user host show interfaces ge 0 0 0 description mkt 020202 First instance in the hierarchy unit O f description mkt 010101 Third instance in the hierarchy child of the first instance fe 0 0 1 description mkt 020202 second instance in the hierarchy sibling of the first instance unit O f family inet f address 200 200 20 2 24 Related Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration on page 49 Documentation 174 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 19 Configuration Statements apply groups on page 176 apply groups except on page 177 commit interval Batch Commits on page 177 groups on page 178 days to keep error logs Batch Commits on page 180 deactivate delete edit e exit help e insert load maximum aggregate pool Batch Commits on pag
210. ide Saving a Configuration to a File Supported Platforms 298 EX Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series Save the Junos OS configuration to a file so that you can edit it with a text editor of your choice You can save your current configuration to an ASCII file which saves the configuration in its current form including any uncommitted changes If more than one user is modifying the configuration all changes made by all users are saved To save software configuration changes to an ASCII file use the save configuration mode command edit user host save filename edit user host The contents of the current level of the statement hierarchy and below are saved along with the statement hierarchy containing it This allows a section of the configuration to be saved while fully specifying the statement hierarchy By default the configuration is saved to a file in your home directory which is on the flash drive When you issue this command from anywhere in the hierarchy except the top level a replace tag is autornatically included at the beginning of the file You can use the replace tag to control how a configuration is loaded from a file user host gt file show var home user myconf replace protocols f bgp disable group int f type internal isis disable interface all level 1 disable interface fxpO O f disable ospf f traffic engineering reference bandwidth
211. iguration mode the following configuration mode commands are available user host gt configure entering configuration mode edit user host possible completions lt Enter gt Execute this command activate Remove the inactive tag from a statement annotate Annotate the statement with a comment commi t Commit current set of changes Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 61 CLI User Guide 62 copy Copy a statement deactivate Add the inactive tag to a statement delete Delete a data element edit Edit a sub element exit Exit from this level help Provide help information insert Insert a new ordered data element load Load configuration from ASCII file quit Quit from this level rename Rename a statement replace Replace character string in configuration rollback Roll back to previous committed configuration run Run an operational mode command save Save configuration to ASCII file set Set a parameter show Show a parameter status Show users currently editing configuration top Exit to top level of configuration up Exit one level of configuration wildcard Wildcard operations edit user host gt Users must have configure permission to view and use the configure command When in configuration mode a user can view and modify only those statements for which they have access privileges set For more information see the Access Privilege Administration Guide If you enter configuration mode and another user is also in configuratio
212. index SNMP index of interface statistics Display statistics and detailed output terse Display terse output Pipe through a command 2 Choose the option you wish to use with the command See Figure 5 on page 19 Figure 5 Command Output Options userGhost show interfaces fe 1 1 1 brief Physical interface fe 1 1 1 Enabled Physical link is Down Link level type Ethernet MTU 1514 Speed 100mbps Loopback Disabled Source filtering Disabled Flow control Enabled Device flags Present Running Down Interface flags Hardware Down SNMP Traps Internal 0x4000 Link flags None Command output with the brief option userGhost show interfaces fe 1 1 1 terse Command output with the terse option Interface Admin Link Proto Local Remote fe 1 1 1 up down userGhost show interfaces fe 1 1 1 extensive Physical interface fe 1 1 1 Enabled Physical link is Down Command output with the extensive option Interface index 141 SNMP ifIndex 33 Generation 24 Link level type Ethernet MTU 1514 Speed 100mbps Loopback Disabled Source filtering Disabled Flow control Enabled Device flags Present Running Down Interface flags Hardware Down SNMP Traps Internal 0x4000 Link flags None CoS queues 4 supported 4 maximum usable queues Hold times Up O ms Down O ms Current address 00 90 69 d0 f8 9e Hardware address 00 90 69 d0 f8 9e Last flapped 2007 02 02 09 26 25 PST 2wOd 03 40 ago Statistics last cleared Never Tra
213. information IP Security information IP version 6 information Intermediate System to Intermediate System info Layer 2 circuit information Layer 2 VPN information Link Aggregation Control Protocol information Label Distribution Protocol information link management information LLC2 protocol related information contents of log file multicast listener discovery information Multiprotocol Label Switching information Multicast Source Discovery Protocol information multicast information Network Time Protocol information Open Shortest Path First information Open Shortest Path First version 3 information information about passive monitoring Packet Forwarding Engine information Pragmatic Generalized Multicast information Protocol Independent Multicast information interface policer counters and information policy information PPP process information Routing Information Protocol information Routing Information Protocol for IPv6 info routing table information Resource Reservation Protocol information Session Announcement Protocol information security information services information Simple Network Management Protocol information system information routing protocol per task information Traffic Engineering Database information software process revision levels VPLS information Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol information Use the show chassis routing engine command to view the Routing Engine status root gt show chassis rou
214. ing snippet to a file and name the file ex script snippet conf Copy the ex script snippet conf file to the var tmp directory on your routing platform commit file ex script snippet xsl 1 2 Move to the hierarchy level that is relevant for this snippet by issuing the following configuration mode command xvi Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc About the Documentation edit user host edit system scripts edit system scripts 3 Merge the contents of the file into your routing platform configuration by issuing the load merge relative configuration mode command edit system scripts user host load merge relative var tmp ex script snippet conf load complete For more information about the load command see the CL User Guide Documentation Conventions Table 1 on page xvii defines notice icons used in this guide Table 1 Notice Icons e Informational note Indicates important features or instructions Caution Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage Warning Alerts you to the risk of personal injury or death Laser warning Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser Q Tip Indicates helpful information Q Best practice Alerts you to a recommended use or implementation Table 2 on page xvii defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide Table 2 Text and Syntax Conventions Convention Description Examples Bold text like thi
215. ional version and the previous 49 versions of committed configurations The most recently committed configuration is version O which is the current operational version and the default configuration that the system returns to if you roll back to a previous configuration The oldest saved configuration is version 49 The currently operational Junos OS configuration is stored in the file juniper conf and the last three committed configurations are stored in the files juniper conf 1 juniper conf 2 and juniper conf 3 These four files are located in the directory config which is on the switch s hard disk The remaining 46 previous versions of committed configurations the files juniper conf 4 through juniper conf 49 are stored in the directory var db config on the hard disk Returning to the Most Recently Committed Junos Configuration on page 293 Returning to a Previously Committed Junos OS Configuration on page 293 Loading a Configuration from a File on page 129 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 57 CLI User Guide 58 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc PART 2 Configuration Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration on page 61 Updating the Junos OS Configuration on page 85 Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 105 Loading a Junos OS Configuration on page 129 Synchronizing the Junos OS Configuration on page 135 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups on page 137 CLI Online Help on page 16
216. ions Routing policy option configuration 28 CLI User Guide protocols Routing protocol configuration routing instances Routing instance configuration routing options Protocol independent routing option configuration security Security configuration services Service PIC applications configuration snmp Simple Network Management Protocol configuration system System parameters configuration virtual chassis EX Series switch only Virtual Chassis configuration vlans EX Series switch only VLAN configuration Additionalinformation The portions of the configuration that you can view depend on the user class that you belong to and the corresponding permissions If you do not have permission to view a portion of the configuration the text ACCESS DENIED is substituted for that portion of the configuration If you do not have permission to view authentication keys and passwords in the configuration because the secret permission bit is not set for your User account the text SECRET DATA is substituted for that portion of the configuration If an identifier in the configuration contains a space the identifier is displayed in quotation marks Required Privilege view Level Related Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 D tati eee Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands on page 15 List of Sample Output show configuration on page 282 show configuration po
217. is the name of the statement The identifier name is a name or other string that uniquely identifies an instance of a statement An identifier is used when a statement can be specified more than once in a configuration When specifying a statement you must specify either a statement name or an identifier name or both depending on the statement hierarchy You specify identifiers in one of the following ways identifier name The identifier name is a keyword used to uniquely identify a statement when a statement can be specified more than once in a statement identifier name value The identifier name is a keyword and the value is a required option variable Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 4 CLI Configuration Mode _identifier name value value2 value3 The identifier name is a keyword that accepts multiple values The brackets are required when you specify a set of values however they are optional when you specify only one value The following examples illustrate how statements and identifiers are specified in the configuration protocol Top level statement statement name ospf 1 Statement under protocol statement name area 0 0 0 0 1 OSPF area 0 0 0 0 statement name identifier name interface so 0 0 0 which contains an interface named so 0 0 0 hello interval 25 Identifier and value identifier name value priority 2 Identifier and value identifier name value d
218. isable Flag identifier identifier name interface so 0 0 1 Another instance of interface named so 0 0 1 H this instance contains no data so no braces H are displayed H policy options Top level statement statement name term terml Statement under policy options statement name value from Statement under term statement name route filter 10 0 0 0 8 orlonger reject One identifier route filter with route filter 127 0 0 0 8 orlonger reject multiple values route filter 128 0 0 0 16 orlonger reject route filter 149 20 64 0 24 orlonger reject route filter 172 16 0 0 12 orlonger reject route filter 191 255 0 0 16 orlonger reject then Statement under term statement name next term Identifier identifier name When you create an ASCII configuration file you can specify statements and identifiers in one of the following ways However each statement has a preferred style and the CLI Uses that style when displaying the configuration in response to a configuration mode show command Statement followed by identifiers statement name identifier name identifier name value Statement followed by identifiers enclosed in braces statement name identifier name identifier name value For some repeating identifiers you can use one set of braces for all the statements statement name identifier name valueT identifier name value2
219. isplayed with the protect protect attribute in the XML no Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration Action To view the configuration in XML 1 Navigate to the hierarchy you want to view and issue the show command with the pipe symbol and option display xml edit system user host show display xml edit user host show system display xml rpc reply xmins junos http xml juniper net junos 11 210 junos gt configuration junos changed seconds 1291279234 junos changed localtime 2010 12 02 00 40 34 PST gt system protect protect lt host name gt bigping lt host name gt lt domain search gt 10 1 2 1 lt domain search gt lt login gt lt message gt jnpr tUNAUTHORIZED USE OF THIS ROUTER tIS STRICTLY PROHIBITED lt message gt lt class gt lt name gt a lt name gt lt allow commands gt commit synchronize lt allow commands gt lt deny commands gt commit lt deny commands gt lt class gt lt deny sources gt lt address protect protect gt 172 17 28 19 lt address gt address protect protect gt 172 17 28 173 lt address gt address protect protect gt 172 17 28 0 lt address gt address protect protect gt 174 0 0 0 lt address gt deny sources lt login gt lt syslog gt lt archive gt lt archive gt syslog lt system gt lt configuration gt lt cli gt banner edit banner cli rpc
220. isplaying CLI Settings on page 231 Setting the Terminal Type To set the terminal type use the set cli terminal command user host gt set cli terminal terminal type The terminal type can be one of the following ansi vt10O small xterm or xterm Setting the CLI Prompt The default CLI prompt is user host gt To change this prompt use the set cli prompt command If the prompt string contains spaces enclose the string in quotation marks jy user host gt set cli prompt string Setting the CLI Directory To the set the current working directory use the set cli directory command user host gt set cli directory directory directory is the pathname of working directory Setting the CLI Timestamp By default CLI output does not include a timestamp To include a timestamp in CLI output use the set cli timestamp command user host gt set cli timestamp format time date format disable If you do not specify a timestamp format the default format is Mmm dd hh mm ss for example Feb 08 17 20 49 Enclose the format in single quotation marks Setting the Idle Timeout By default an individual CLI session never times out after extended times unless the idle timeout statement has been included in the user s login class configuration To set the maximum time an individual session can be idle before the user is logged off the router use the set cli idle timeout command user host gt set cli idle timeout timeout timeout can be
221. issued Use 24 hour time for the hh value For example 2003 08 21 12 30 00 is 12 30 PM on August 21 2003 The time is interpreted with respect to the clock and time zone settings on the router Enclose the string value in quotation marks For example commit at 18 00 00 For date and time include both values in the same set of quotation marks For example commit at 2005 03 10 14 00 00 A commit check is performed immediately when you issue the commit at configuration mode command If the result of the check is successful then the current user is logged out of configuration mode and the configuration data is left in a read only state No other commit can be performed until the scheduled commit is completed e NOTE If Junos OS fails before the configuration changes become active all configuration changes are lost You cannot enter the commit at configuration command after you issue the request system reboot command You cannot enter the request system reboot command once you schedule a commit operation for a specific time in the future You cannot commit a configuration when a scheduled commit is pending For information about how to cancel a scheduled configuration by means of the clear command see CLI Explorer e NOTE We do notrecommend performing a commit operation on the backup Routing Engine when graceful Routing Engine switchover is enabled on the router Related Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112
222. istribution Propagates a configuration across the routing plane on a multichassis router or switch Distribution occurs automatically There is no user command available to control the distribution process If a configuration is locked during a distribution of a configuration the locked configuration does not receive the distributed configuration file so the synchronization fails You need to clear the lock before the configuration and resynchronize the routing planes Q NOTE When you use the commit synchronize force CLI command on a multichassis platform the forced synchronization of the configuration files does not affect the distribution of the configuration file across the routing plane If a configuration file is locked on a router or switch remote from the router or switch where the command was issued the synchronization fails on the remote router or switch You need to clear the lock and reissue the synchronization command Configuring the Junos OS for the First Time on a Router or Switch with a Single Routing Engine Commit Operation When Multiple Users Configure the Software Supported Platforms 52 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Up to 32 users can be in configuration mode simultaneously and they all can be making changes to the configuration All changes made by all users are visible to everyone editing the configuration the changes become visible as soon as the user presses the Enter key
223. it except that your current level in the hierarchy does not change show Display the current configuration status Display the users currently editing the configuration top Return to the top level of configuration command mode which is indicated by the edit banner UP Move up one level in the statement hierarchy update Update a private database wildcard Delete a statement or identifier All subordinate statements and identifiers contained within the specified statement path are deleted with it You can use regular expressions to specify a pattern Based on this pattern you search for items that contain these patterns and delete them Configuration Statements and Identifiers You can configure router or switch properties by including the corresponding statements in the configuration Typically a statement consists of a keyword which is fixed text and optionally an identifier An identifier is an identifying name that you can define such as Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 35 CLI User Guide 36 the name of an interface or a username which enables you and the CLI to differentiate among a collection of statements Table 7 on page 36 describes top level CLI configuration mode statements D NOTE The QFX3500 switch does not support the IS IS OSPF BGP LDP MPLS and RSVP protocols Table 7 Configuration Mode Top Level Statements Statement Description a
224. it system login deny sources f address 172 17 28 19 172 17 28 20 172 17 28 21 172 17 28 22 e NOTE On SRX240 High Memory devices when the system login deny sources statement is Used to restrict the access it blocks a remote copy between nodes which is used to copy the configuration during the commit routine Use a firewall filter on the loO O interface to restrict the Routing Engine access However if you choose to use the system login deny sources statement check the private addresses that were automatically on loO x and sp 0 0 0 x and exclude them from the denied list To protect all the addresses for the address statement issue the following command at the edit level edit user host protect system login deny sources address Results All the addresses 172 17 28 19 172 17 28 20 172 17 28 21 172 17 28 22 for the address statement are protected Protecting an Individual Member from a Homogenous List Step by Step Suppose you have the following configuration Procedure edit groups test f system name server 10 1 2 1 10 1 2 2 10 1 2 3 10 1 2 4 To protect one or more individual addresses for the name server statement issue the following command at the edit level edit user host protect groups test system name server 10 1 2 user host protect groups test system name server 10 1 2 4 108 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configurati
225. it the CLI For information about this command see CL Explorer Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands Table 14 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands Items to Check Software version Chapter 22 Managing the CLI Environment Table 4 on page 17 lists some operational commands you may find useful for monitoring router or switch operation For a complete description of operational commands see the Junos OS command references and RSVP protocols Description Versions of software running on the router or switch NOTE The QFX3500 switch does not support the IS IS OSPF BGP MPLS Command show version Log files Contents of the log files monitor Log files and their contents and recent user logins show log Remote systems Host reachability and network connectivity ping Route to a network system traceroute Configuration Current systern configuration show configuration Manipulate files List of files and directories on the router or switch file list Contents of a file file show Interface information Detailed information about interfaces show interfaces Chassis Chassis alarm status show chassis alarms Information currently on craft display show chassis craft interface Router or switch environment information show chassis environment Hardware inventory show chassis hardware Routing table info
226. ith the other by issuing the commit synchronize command The Routing Engine on which you execute this command requesting Routing Engine copies and loads its candidate configuration to the other responding Routing Engine Both Routing Engines then perform a syntax check on the candidate configuration file being committed If no errors are found the configuration is activated and becomes the current operational configuration on both Routing Engines The commit synchronize command does not work if the responding Routing Engine has uncommitted configuration changes However you can enforce commit synchronization on the Routing Engines by using the force option When you issue the commit synchronize command with the force option from one Routing Engine the configuration sessions on the other Routing Engine will be terminated and its configuration synchronized with that on the Routing Engine from which you issued the command NOTE We recommend that you use the force option only if you are unable to resolve the issues that caused the commit synchronize command to fail For example if you are logged in to rel requesting Routing Engine and you want reO responding Routing Engine to have the same configuration as rel issue the commit synchronize command on rel rel copies and loads its candidate configuration to reo Both Routing Engines then perform a syntax check on the candidate configuration file being committed If no errors are found rel
227. ively commenting out the statement or identifier from the configuration Statements or identifiers marked as inactive do not take effect when you issue the commit command identifier dentifier to which you are adding the inactive tag It must be an identifier at the current hierarchy level statement Statement to which you are adding the inactive tag It must be a statement at the current hierarchy level configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy activate on page 258 delete on page 182 Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration on page 94 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 181 CLI User Guide delete Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 182 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series delete lt statement path gt lt identifier gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Delete a statement or identifier All subordinate statements and identifiers contained within the specified statement path are deleted with it Deleting a statement or an identifier effectively unconfigures or disables the functionality associated with that statement or identifier If you do not specify statement path or identifier the entire hierarchy starting at
228. ively reading the statement or identifier to the configuration Statements or identifiers thathave been activated take effect when you next issue the commit command annotate Add comments to a configuration You can add comments only at the current hierarchy level commit Commit the set of changes to the database and cause the changes to take operational effect copy Make a copy of an existing statement in the configuration deactivate Add the inactive tag to a statement effectively commenting out the statement or identifier from the configuration Statements or identifiers marked as inactive do not take effect when you issue the commit command delete Delete a statement or identifier All subordinate statements and identifiers contained within the specified statement path are deleted with it edit Move inside the specified statement hierarchy If the statement does not exist it is created exit Exit the current level of the statement hierarchy returning to the level prior to the last edit command or exit from configuration mode The quit and exit commands are synonyms extension Manage configurations that are contributed by SDK application packages Either display or delete user defined configuration contributed by the named SDK application package A configuration defined in any native Junos OS package is never deleted by the extension command help Display help about avai
229. j 112 confirmation required 115 logging message about 118 monitoring teret tinere erit ER nensi 117 scheduling for later 116 synchronizing on Routing Engines 135 compare command nnne 256 usage guidelines 295 compare filter ctt eere ceo nomen 25 completing partial command entry 240 configuration ACTIVATING ins 293 adding COMMENTS nn 96 candidate 5 COITImittiDg rennais ne eines 112 and exiting configuration mode 114 confirmation required 115 logging message about 118 monitoring PrOCESS 17 scheduling for Later 116 synchronizing on Routing Engines 135 comparing with previous deleting statements nn 87 displaying current configuration 281 CBS E 68 edit command USINE 39 global replacement ss 49 groups configuration groups See configuration groups ST Seca ac LL ne nn 71 merging current and NEW nn 130 MOdIFVINE previous displaying protecting esee ann replacing cascade aiaiai saving to file un a tt storage of PrEVIOUS nes llprotectinig ette eee configuration files filename specifying sse 219 saving to files deett tnn 298 URL SpeCIVIN sn 219 configuration groups AD DIVING 288 ne eh ee 139 Creating ed D i RE Ente 137 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc inheritance Model a 56 inherited values ettet 143 interface parameters 152 154 nested groups
230. lable configuration statements insert Insert an identifier into an existing hierarchy load Loada configuration from an ASCII configuration file or from terminal input Your current location in the configuration hierarchy is ignored when the load operation occurs 34 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 4 CLI Configuration Mode Table 6 Summary of Configuration Mode Commands continued Command Description quit Exit the current level of the statement hierarchy returning to the level prior to the last edit command or exit from configuration mode The quit and exit commands are synonyms rename Rename an existing configuration statement or identifier replace Replace identifiers or values in a configuration rollback Return to a previously committed configuration The software saves thelast10 committed configurations including the rollback number date time and name of the user who issued the commit configuration command run Run a top level CLI command without exiting from configuration mode save Save the configuration to an ASCII file The contents of the current level of the statement hierarchy and below are saved along with the statement hierarchy containing it This allows a section of the configuration to be saved while fully specifying the statement hierarchy set Create a statement hierarchy and set identifier values This is similar to ed
231. lace identifier before identifier2 identifier Existing identifier identifier2 New identifier to insert statement path Optional Path to the existing identifier Required Privilege configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on Level where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Related Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 92 Documentation 186 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc load Supported Platforms Syntax QFX Series Release Information Description Options Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series SRX Series T Series load factory default merge override patch replace set update load filename terminal relative load dhcp snooping filename Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 11 1 for the QFX Series Load a configuration from an ASCII configuration file from terminal input or from the factory default Your current location in the configuration hierarchy is ignored when the load operation occurs dhcp snooping QFX Series switches Loads DHCP snooping entries factory default Loads the factory configuration The factory configuration contains the manufacturer s suggested configuration settings The factory configuration is the router or switch s first configuration and is
232. le shows how to delete the ospf statement effectively unconfiguring OSPF on the router user host set protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 hello interval 5 edit user host show protocols f ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 edit user host delete protocols ospf edit user host show Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration edit user host Delete all statements from the current level down edit user host edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host set interface so 0 0 0 hello interval 5 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host delete Delete everything under this level yes no no yes edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host show edit user host Unconfigure a particular property edit user host set interfaces so 3 0 0 speed 100mb edit user host show interfaces f so 3 0 0 speed 100mb edit user host delete interfaces so 3 0 0 speed edit user host show interfaces f so 3 0 0 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the upto Option on page 173 Deleting a Statement from a Junos Configuration on page 87 Copying a Junos Statement in the Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series When you have many similar statements in a Junos configurati
233. les and Directories on a Device Running Junos OS on page 216 Monitoring Who Uses the Junos OS CLI Supported Platforms LN Series Depending upon how you configure Junos OS multiple users can log in to the router use the CLI and configure or modify the software configuration If when you enter configuration mode another user is also in configuration mode a notification message is displayed that indicates who the user is and what portion of the configuration the person is viewing or editing user host gt configure Entering configuration mode Users currently editing the configuration root terminal dO pid 4137 on since 2008 04 09 23 03 07 PDT idle 7w6d 08 22 edit The configuration has been changed but not committed Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 215 CLI User Guide edit user host Related Entering and Exiting the Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 61 Documentation Controlling the Junos OS CLI Environment on page 229 Viewing Files and Directories on a Device Running Junos OS Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series QFX Series T Series Junos OS stores information in files on the device including configuration files log files and router software files This topic shows some examples of operational commands that you can use to view files and directories on a device running Junos OS Sections include Directories on the Router or Switch on page 216 Listing Files and Dir
234. licy options on page 283 OutputFields This command displays information about the current running configuration Sample Output show configuration user host gt show configuration Last commit 2006 10 31 14 13 00 PST by alant version 8 210 builder last changed 2006 10 31 14 05 53 PST system 1 host name nestor domain name east net backup router 192 1 1 254 time zone America Los Angeles default address selection name server 192 154 169 254 192 154 169 249 192 154 169 176 H services 282 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc telnet tacplus server 1 2 3 4 secret SECRET DATA interfaces protocols isis export direct routes policy options policy statement direct routes from protocol direct then accept show configuration policy options user host gt show configuration policy options policy options policy statement direct routes from protocol direct then accept Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands 283 CLI User Guide show display inheritance Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Syntax show display inheritance brief defaults no comments terse gt Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Show the inherited configuration data and information about the source group from which the configuration
235. local switch or between the local switch and a remote system delete Optional Delete a file on the local switch list Optional Display a list of files on the local switch rename Optional Rename a file on the local switch show Optional Display the contents of a file source address Optional Specify the source address of the local file maintenance Viewing Files and Directories on a Device Running Junos OS on page 216 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc help Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 25 Operational Commands EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series help lt apropos string reference lt statement name gt syslog lt syslog tag gt tip cli number topic word Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 apropos option added in Junos OS Release 8 0 Display help about available operational commands configuration statements or general information about getting help Entering the help command without an option provides introductory information about how to use the help and commands apropos string Optional Display command names and help text that matches the string specified If the string contains spaces enclose it in quotation marks You can also specify a regular expression for the string using standard UNIX style regular
236. lso applicable to VRRP configuration at the following hierarchy levels edit interfaces interface name unit logical unit number family inet inet6 address address edit logical systems logical system name interfaces interface name unit logical unit number family inet inet6 address address When you commit a configuration you commit the entire configuration in its current form If more than one user is modifying the configuration committing it saves and activates the changes of all the users Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 113 CLI User Guide Related Documentation NOTE If you are using Junos OS in a Common Criteria environment system log messages are created whenever a secret attribute is changed for example password changes or changes to the RADIUS shared secret These changes are logged during the following configuration load operations load merge load replace load override load update For more information see the Secure Configuration Guide for Common Criteria and Junos FIPS We do not recommend performing a commit operation on the backup Routing Engine when graceful Routing Engine switchover is enabled on the router NOTE If you configure the same IP address for a management interface or internal interface such as fxpO and an external physical interface such as ge 0 0 1 when graceful Routing Engine switchover GRES is enabled the CLI displays an appropriate commit error message t
237. lts Group Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following example is a preset statement from the Junos defaults group that is available for FTP in a stateful firewall edit groups junos defaults f applications f application junos ftp Use FTP default configuration application protocol ftp protocol tcp destination port 21 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 161 CLI User Guide To reference a preset Junos default statement from the Junos defaults group include the junos default name statement at the applicable hierarchy level For example to reference the Junos default statement for FTP in a stateful firewall include the junos ftp statement at the edit services stateful firewall rule my rule term my term from applications hierarchy level edit services stateful firewall f rule my rule f term my term from applications junos ftp Reference predefined statement junos ftp Related Example Viewing Default Statements That Have Been Applied to the Configuration Documentation on page 162 Using Junos OS Defaults Groups on page 160 Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Example Viewing Default Statements That Have Been Applied to the Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To view the Junos defaults that have been
238. lts command usage guidelines show display omit command show display set command Usage guidelines ttes show display set relative show display set relative command 287 usage guidelines sentent 66 software upgrade r starting after iraniens 244 ssh command usage guidelines seen 16 232 Status GcOrImrmarglsssu ceci tite tarte ese E ete 200 usage guidelines 35 67 storing previous configurations 57 strings help ADOUT nn 10 support technical See technical support SYMOOL RR 29 syntax conventions is xvii T technical support contacting STAC ne Xix telnet command usage guidelines eet 16 232 terminal screen length Setting ntc rte 245 Width Setting tete iet ette tete e tercie 246 terminal type iiio pied tirmeout user Setting eee 242 timestamp CLI output setting 248 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc TOD combrnatid siete er ann 201 usage guidelines senes 35 91 traceoptions statement 202 trim command sce erts 256 TX Matrix router configuration groups 137 configuration groups example 142 type checking CL 44 U UNIX operating System 3 4 UNIX shell unprotect command Usage guidelines seeneneetetrnnnnn 105 unprotecting configuration usage guidelines senten 105 Up com
239. lues specified at the specific hierarchy level override values inherited from the configuration group Groups listed in nested apply groups statements take priority over groups in outer statements In the following example the BGP neighbor 10 0 0 1 inherits configuration data from group one first then from groups two and three Configuration data in group one overrides data in any other group Data from group ten is used only if a statement is not contained in any other group apply groups eight nine ten protocols f apply groups seven bgp t apply groups five six group some bgp group apply groups four neighbor 10 0 0 1 f apply groups one two three When you configure a group defined for the root level that is in the default logical system you cannot successfully apply that group to a nondefault logical system under the edit logical systems logical system name hierarchy level Although the router accepts the commit if you apply the group the configuration group does not take effect for the nondefault logical system You can instead create an additional configuration group at the root level and apply it within the logical system Alternatively you can modify the original group so that it includes configuration for both the default and nondefault logical system hierarchy levels Related Example Configuring and Applying Junos Configuration Groups on page 140 Documentation Disabling Inheritance of a Jun
240. lying Junos OS Configuration Groups edit user host show display inheritance interfaces f xe 0 0 0 34 gigether options was inherited from group some isp gigether options flow control was inherited from group some isp flow control unit O f family inet address 10 0 0 1 24 protocols f bgp group main f neighbor 10 254 0 1 f THE remove private was inherited from group some isp THE remove private pim interface xe 0 0 0 0 f 1 was inherited from group some isp version 1 Related Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 D tati MEME Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Establishing Regional Configurations on page 157 Establishing Regional Configurations Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series In this example one group is populated with configuration data that is standard throughout the company while another group contains regional deviations from this standard Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 157 CLI User Guide edit user host show groups f standard interfaces f t3 f t3 options f compatibility mode larscom subrate 10 idle cycle flag ones northwest interfaces f t3 f t3 options f long buildout compatibility mode kentrox apply groups standard interfaces f t3 0 0 0 f apply g
241. m a configuration group include the apply groups statement apply groups group names If you specify more than one group name list them in order of inheritance priority The configuration data in the first group takes priority over the data in subsequent groups For routers that support multiple Routing Engines you can specify reO and rel group names The configuration specified in group reO is only applied if the current Routing Engine is in slot O likewise the configuration specified in group rel is only applied if the current Routing Engine is in slot 1 Therefore both Routing Engines can use the same configuration file each using only the configuration statements that apply to it Each reO or rel group contains at a minimum the configuration for the hostname and the management interface fxpO If each Routing Engine uses a different management interface the group also should contain the configuration for the backup router and static routes NOTE The management Ethernet interface used for the TX Matrix Plus router T1600 routers in a routing matrix and PTX Series Packet Transport Switches is emO Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 139 CLI User Guide You can include only one apply groups statement at each specific level of the configuration hierarchy The apply groups statement at a specific hierarchy level lists the configuration groups to be added to the containing statement s list of configuration groups Va
242. m control Can modify system configuration trace Can view trace file settings trace control Can modify trace file settings view Can view current values and statistics maintenance Can become the super user firewall Can view firewall configuration firewall control Can modify firewall configuration secret Can view secret statements secret control Can modify secret statements rollback Can rollback to previous configurations security Can view security configuration security control Can modify security configuration access Can view access configuration access control Can modify access configuration view configuration Can view all configuration not including secrets flow tap Can view flow tap configuration flow tap control Can modify flow tap configuration idp profiler operation Can Profiler data pgcp session mirroring Can view pgcp session mirroring configuration pgcp session mirroring control Can modify pgcp session mirroring configuration storage Can view fibre channel storage protocol configuration storage control Can modify fibre channel storage protocol configuration all control Can modify any configuration Required Privilege view Level 252 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc show cli directory Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Required Privilege Level Chapter 24 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands EX Series LN Series M Se
243. mand tnter tente tente 204 usage guidelines senes 35 91 update command ees 205 usage guidelines enn 35 72 updating configure private configuration 72 Upgrade restarting after 230 Upgrading SOftWare rs 230 prompt to restart after 244 URLS specifying in commanwds ee 219 User accounts configuration examnple eene 76 user timeout setting 242 Users CLI permissions displaying 252 editing configuration displaying cct etie erii 67 multiple simultaneous users 39 52 of CLI monitoring ss 215 W wildcard characters ss 145 wildcard command uns 207 wildcard delete command usage guidelines wildcard namaes nn wildcard range command usage guidelNES irsini 100 word history operational MORE 166 working directory current setting 251 2 2A ee 241 displaying ee anne rene 253 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc X XML format displaying command output in Index 3n CLI User Guide 312 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc
244. ment consists of a keyword which is fixed text and optionally an identifier An identifier is an identifying name which you define such as the name of an interface or a username and which allows you and the CLI to discriminate among a collection of statements Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 85 CLI User Guide 86 Related Documentation For example the following list shows the statements available at the top level of configuration mode user host set Possible completions gt accounting options Accounting data configuration apply groups Groups from which to inherit configuration data gt chassis Chassis configuration class of service Class of service configuration gt firewall Define a firewall configuration forwarding options Configure options to control packet sampling gt groups Configuration groups interfaces Interface configuration gt policy options Routing policy option configuration gt protocols Routing protocol configuration gt routing instances Routing instance configuration gt routing options Protocol independent routing option configuration gt snmp Simple Network Management Protocol gt system System parameters An angle bracket gt before the statement name indicates that it is a container statement and that you can define other statements at levels below it If there is no angle bracket before the statement name the statement is a leaf statement you can
245. ment over all SONET SDH interfaces or the dead interval for OSPF over all Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM interfaces simplifies configuration files and eases their maintenance Using wildcards in normal configuration data is done in a style that is consistent with that used with traditional UNIX shell wildcards In this style you can use the following metacharacters Asterisk Matches any string of characters Question mark Matches any single character Open bracket Introduces a character class Close bracket Indicates the end of a character class If the close bracket is missing the open bracket matches a rather than introduce a character class character class matches any of the characters between the square brackets Within a configuration group an interface name that includes a character class must be enclosed in quotation marks Hyphen Specifies a range of characters Exclamation point The character class can be complemented by making an exclamation point the first character of the character class To include a close bracket Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 145 CLI User Guide in a character class make it the first character listed after the if any To include a minus sign make it the first or last character listed Wildcarding in configuration groups follows the same rules but any term using a wildcard pattern must be enclosed in angle brack
246. mmit see Scheduling a Junos Commit Operation on page 116 If you issue the status configuration mode command and a user is editing the configuration in configure exclusive mode the system displays who is editing the configuration root where the user is logged in terminal dO the date and time the user logged in 2002 11 01 13 05 11 PST and that a user is editing the configuration in configure exclusive mode exclusive edit edit user host status Users currently editing the configuration root terminal dO pid 2088 on since 2002 11 01 13 05 11 PST exclusive edit Forms of the configure Command on page 40 Using the configure exclusive Command on page 71 Displaying Additional Information About the Configuration Supported Platforms 68 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series In configuration mode only to display additional information about the configuration use the display detail command after the pipe in conjunction with a show command The additional information includes the help string that explains each configuration statement and the permission bits required to add and modify the configuration statement user host show hierarchy level display detail For example edit user host show display detail Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration version Software version information require
247. mode configure To enter configuration mode Updating the configure private Configuration on page 72 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 205 CLI User Guide when Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information 206 Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series T Series when chassis chassis id member member id model model id node node id routing engine routing engine id time start time to end time edit groups group name Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 11 3 Define conditions under which the configuration group should be applied Conditions include the type of chassis model or Routing Engine virtual chassis member cluster node and start and optional end time of day If you specify multiple conditions in a single configuration group all conditions must be met before the configuration group is applied chassis chassis id Specify the chassis type of the router Valid types include SCCO SCCI LCCO LCCI LCC3 member member id Specify the name of the member of the virtual chassis model model id Specify the model name of the router such as m7i or tx100 node node id Specify the cluster node routing engine routing engine id Specify the type of Routing Engine reO or rel time start time to lt end time gt Specify the start time or time duration for this
248. mount of time To confirm a commit enter either a commit or commit check command If the commit is not confirmed within the time limit the configuration rolls back automatically to the precommit configuration and a broadcast message is sent to all logged in users To show when a rollback is scheduled enter the show system commit command The allowed range is 1 through 65 535 minutes and the default is 1O minutes In Junos OS Release 11 4 and later you can also use the commit confirmed command in the edit private configuration mode display detail Optional Monitors the commit process D NOTE In Junos OS Release 10 4 and later if the number of commit details or messages exceeds a page when used with the display detail pipe option the more pagination option on the screen is no longer available Instead the messages roll up on the screen by default just like using the commit command with the no more pipe option synchronize force Optional If your router has two Routing Engines you can manually direct one Routing Engine to synchronize its configuration with the other by issuing the commit synchronize command The Routing Engine on which you execute this command request Routing Engine copies and loads its candidate configuration to the other responding Routing Engine Both Routing Engines then perform a syntax check on the candidate configuration file being committed If no errors are found the configuration is activat
249. move a Routing Engine you must first halt the backup Routing Engine if it has been upgraded and then the master Routing Engine To halt a Routing Engine enter the request system halt command You can also halt both Routing Engines at the same time by issuing the request system halt both routing engines command If you want to reboot a router that has two Routing Engines reboot the backup Routing Engine if you have upgraded it and then the master Routing Engine NOTE If youreboot the TX Matrix router all the T640 master Routing Engines connected to the TX Matrix router reboot If you halt both Routing Engines on a TX Matrix router all the T640 Routing Engines connected to the TX Matrix router are also halted Likewise if you reboot the TX Matrix Plus router allthe T1600 master Routing Engines connected to the TX Matrix Plus router reboot If you halt both Routing Engines on a TX Matrix Plus router all the T1600 Routing Engines connected to the TX Matrix Plus router are also halted NOTE If you insert a Flexible PIC Concentrator FPC into your router you may need to issue the request chassis fpc command or press the online button to bring the FPC online This applies to FPCs in M20 M40 M40e M160 M320 and T Series routers For command usage see the request chassis fpc command description in CLI Explorer Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands Additional Information Most request commands a
250. n length is set to 6 lines in a telnet or console window that is wide enough to contain 4O characters the more prompt appears on the fourth line of the output Here each one of the first two lines has more than 20 characters and is counted as two lines The third line contains the fifth line of output and the fourth line contains the more prompt which has to appear in the sixth line as per the setting Q NOTE If you have inadvertently set the CLI screen width to a lower value that does not allow you to see the commands that you are typing reset the CLI screen width with a higher value by entering the set cli screen width command TIP If you are not able to see the command that you are entering type the command in a text editor and copy it at the command prompt Related Example Controlling the CLI Environment on page 169 D tati ei aa Controlling the Junos OS CLI Environment on page 229 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 235 CLI User Guide 236 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 23 CLI Advanced Features Common Regular Expressions to Use with the replace Command on page 237 Common Regular Expressions to Use with the replace Command Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Table 15 Common Regular Expressions to Use with the replace Command Operator Function Indicates that a match can be one of the two terms on either side of the pipe
251. n mode a message shows the user s name and what part of the configuration the user is viewing or editing userGhost gt configure Entering configuration mode Users currently editing the configuration root terminal dO pid 4137 on since 2008 04 09 23 03 07 PDT idle 7w6d 08 22 edit The configuration has been changed but not committed edit user host Up to 32 Users can be in configuration mode simultaneously and they all can make changes to the configuration at the same time To exit configuration mode use the exit configuration mode configuration mode command from any level or use the exit command from the top level For example edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 user host exit configuration mode exiting configuration mode user host gt edit user host exit exiting configuration mode user host gt Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration If you try to exit from configuration mode using the exit command and the configuration contains changes that have not been committed you see a message and prompt edit user host exit The configuration has been changed but not committed Exit with uncommitted changes yes no yes Enter Exiting configuration mode user host gt To exit with uncommitted changes without having to respond to a prompt use the exit configuration mode command This command is useful when you are using
252. n upto option all identifiers and values in the configuration that match pattern are replaced The replace command is available in configuration mode at any hierarchy level All matches are case sensitive Common Regular Expressions to Use with the replace Command on page 237 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the Nn Back Reference on page 171 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Replacing an Interface Name on page 172 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the upto Option on page 173 Using Wildcard Characters in Interface Names on page 49 Using Keyboard Sequences to Move Around and Edit the Junos OS CLI on page 47 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 6 CLI Commit Operations Junos OS Commit Model for Router or Switch Configuration on page 51 Commit Operation When Multiple Users Configure the Software on page 52 Junos OS Batch Commits Overview on page 53 Junos OS Commit Model for Router or Switch Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series The router or switch configuration is saved using a commit model that is a candidate configuration is modified as desired and then committed to the system Once a configuration has been committed the router or switch checks the configuration for syntax errors and if no errors are found the configuration i
253. na d EAM Da TIE Rep ead RS iras 265 llle i scd pesa sued suena quur ORE gePqesscudekfendegedeme ns 266 Fle UD tas arenes PTT rU A 267 CAUCE seat Sic Sew detatatide xard aa Saale Ga Wie Ear daa s 268 eStat cecus p REY Gau ikem tebeedadeabetaneawa dede n s ee 270 S t sance acer dater Gia Ge Siew Ae se dieser SKIES xA dd Ed d eaa Re 279 SHOW aa 280 SHOW COMMS UIATION is isis ween ogee oad Yea Se ERU ERR PS P eat 281 show display inheritance 284 show display omit 4 4 2 22 285 SHOW MGISDIAW Set esse rd tanc Pid cac aetna dede uto eos ane 286 show display set relative eee teen eee 287 show groups junos defaults 288 show system commit 0 ers 289 Part 4 Troubleshooting Chapter 26 Troubleshooting Procedures 293 Returning to the Most Recently Committed Junos Configuration 293 Returning to a Previously Committed Junos OS Configuration 293 Returning to a Configuration Prior to the One Most Recently Committed 294 Displaying Previous Configurations 294 Comparing Configuration Changes with a Prior Version 295 Creating and Returning to a Rescue Configuration 297 Saving a Configuration to a File 298 Creati
254. nagement Protocol System parameters user host edit protocols Possible completions Execute this command BGP options Circuit cross connect configuration DVMRP options IGMP options IS IS options LDP options Multiprotocol Label Switching options MSDP options OSPF configuration PIM options RIP options ICMP router discovery options RSVP options Advertisement Protocol options VRRP options Pipe through a command lt Enter gt gt bgp connections dvmrp igmp isis ldp mpls msdp ospf pim rip router discovery rsvp sapSession vrrp VVVVVVVVV VV VV Vv edit user host edit protocols List all commands that start with a particular letter or string user host edit routing options a Possible completions gt aggregate gt autonomous system edit Coalesced routes Autonomous system number user host edit routing options a List all configured Asynchronous Transfer Mode ATM interfaces edit user host edit interfaces at lt interface_name gt at 0 2 0 at 0 2 1 edit Interface name Interface name Interface name user host edit interfaces at Display a list of all configured policy statements edit user host show policy options policy statement Possible completions lt policy_name gt 164 Name to identify a policy filter Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 15 CLI Online Help edit user host show policy op
255. name of identifier statement path Optional Path to an existing statement or identifier e NOTE For example to rename interface ge 0 0 0 0 to ge 0 0 10 0 at the following hierarchy level logical systems f logical system abc f Ca protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface ge 0 1 0 0 Issue the following command rename logical systems logical system abc protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface ge 0 1 0 0 0 to interface ge 0 1 10 0 Required Privilege configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on Level where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Related Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 Documentation Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 193 CLI User Guide replace Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information 194 Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series replace pattern pattern With pattern2 upto n Command introduced in Junos OS Release 7 6 Replace identifiers or values in a configuration pattern Text string or regular expression that defines the identifiers or values you want to match pattern2 Text string or regular expression that replaces the identifiers and values located with pattern Juniper Networks uses standard UNIX style regular expression syntax as defined in POSIX 1003 2 If th
256. nches of the hierarchy tree and the hello interval statement is a leaf on the tree which in this case contains a data value the length of the hello interval in seconds Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 37 CLI User Guide 38 Related Documentation The CLI represents the statement path shown in Figure 6 on page 37 as edit protocols ospf area area number interface interface name and displays the configuration as follows protocols f ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 0 f hello interval 5 interface so O 0 1 f hello interval 5 The CLI indents each level in the hierarchy to indicate each statement s relative position in the hierarchy and generally sets off each level with braces using an open brace at the beginning of each hierarchy level and a closing brace at the end If the statement at a hierarchy level is empty the braces are not printed Each leaf statement ends with a semicolon If the hierarchy does not extend as far as a leaf statement the last statement in the hierarchy ends with a semicolon The configuration hierarchy can also contain oneliners at the last level in the hierarchy Oneliners remove one level of braces in the syntax and display the container statement its identifiers the child or leaf statement and its attributes all on one line For example in the following sample configuration hierarchy the line level 1 metric 70 is a oneliner because the level container statement wi
257. nd and replace all occurrences of an interface name when a PIC is moved to another slot in the router user host replacepattern pattern with pattern2 upto n pattern pattern is a text string or regular expression that defines the identifiers and values you want to replace in the configuration CLI User Guide 50 Related Documentation pattern is a text string or regular expression that replaces the identifiers and values located with pattern Juniper Networks uses standard UNIX style regular expression syntax as defined in POSIX 1003 2 If the regular expression contains spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose the expression in quotation marks Greedy qualifiers match as much as possible are supported Lazy qualifiers match as little as possible are not The upto n option specifies the number of objects replaced The value of n controls the total number of objects that are replaced in the configuration not the total number of times the pattern occurs Objects at the same hierarchy level siblings are replaced first Multiple occurrences of a pattern within a given object are considered a single replacement For example if a configuration contains a 010101 text string the command replace pattern O1 with pattern O2 upto 2 replaces 010101 with 020202 instead of 020201 Replacement of 010101 with 020202 is considered a single replacement n 1 not three separate replacements n 3 If you do not specify a
258. ned separately Required Privilege configure To enter configuration mode Level Related Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Documentation apply groups on page 176 apply groups except on page 177 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 179 CLI User Guide days to keep error logs Batch Commits Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 180 LN Series M Series MX Series SRX Series days to keep error logs days to keep error log entries edit system commit server Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12 1 For Junos OS batch commits specify the number of days to keep the error logs days to keep error log entries Number of days to keep the error logs Range 1 through 366 days Default 1 day system To view this statement in the configuration system control To add this statement to the configuration Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits on page 120 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc deactivate Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 19 Configuration Statements EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series deactivate statement identifier Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Add the inactive tag to a statement effect
259. ng and Returning to a Rescue Configuration 299 Rolling Back Junos OS Configuration Changes 300 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc ix CLI User Guide Part 5 Index x Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc List of Figures Part 1 Chapter 1 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Part 2 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Chapter 18 Part 3 Chapter 21 Overview CLI OVeNIEW sitcaceniavertssentiane teen awn ri ewes kanstsdcadadtace 3 Figure 1 Monitoring and Configuring Routers 3 Figure 2 Committing a Configuration 5 Figure 3 Configuration Statement Hierarchy Example 6 CLE Operational Mode 3 223 3 79 47197873 aa Ini uta Ina D ewe ar RR Ew S 15 Figure 4 Commands That Combine Other Commands 18 Figure 5 Command Output Options 19 CLI Configuration Mode mn eret RS Rm 33 Figure 6 Configuration Mode Hierarchy of Statements 37 Configuration Committing a Junos OS Configuration 105 Figure 7 Conima Configretioh s sa are bra ceo EE RUE RW Sax dedu d 116 Loading a Junos OS Configuration 129 Figure 8 Overriding the Current Configuration 131 Figure 9 Using the replace Option 132 Figure 10 Using the m
260. ng the keyword off at the end of the command disables command completion user host gt set cli com Space user host gt set cli complete on space off Disabling complete on space Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc set cli directory Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level List of Sample Output Output Fields Sample Output set cli directory Chapter 24 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series set cli directory directory Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9 0 for EX Series switches Set the current working directory directory Pathname of the working directory view set cli directory on page 241 When you enter this command you are provided feedback on the status of your request userGhost set cli directory var home regress Current directory var home regress Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 241 CLI User Guide set cliidle timeout Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level List of Sample Output Output Fields Sample Output set cliidle timeout 242 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series set cliidle timeout minutes Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9 0 for
261. ng the statement or identifier back to the configuration Statements or identifiers that have been activated take effect when you next issue the commit command identifier ldentifier from which you are removing the inactive tag It must be an identifier at the current hierarchy level statement Statement from which you are removing the inactive tag It must bea statement at the current hierarchy level configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy deactivate on page 181 Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration on page 94 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands annotate Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series annotate statement comment string Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Add comments to a configuration You can add comments only at the current hierarchy level Any comments you add appear only when you view the configuration by entering the show command in configuration mode or the show configuration command in operational mode NOTE The Junos OS supports annotation up to the last level in the configuration hierarchy including onliners However annotation of
262. nline Help on page 9 CLI Operational Mode on page 15 CLI Configuration Mode on page 33 e CLI Advanced Features on page 47 CLI Commit Operations on page 51 Configuration Groups on page 55 Configuration Management on page 57 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CLI User Guide 2 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 1 CLI Overview e Introducing the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 3 Understanding the Junos OS CLI Modes Commands and Statement Hierarchies on page 5 Other Tools to Configure and Monitor Devices Running Junos OS on page 7 Commands and Configuration Statements for Junos FIPS on page 8 Introducing the Junos OS Command Line Interface Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series The Junos OS command line interface CLI is the software interface you use to access a device running Junos OS whether from the console or through a network connection The Junos OS CLI is a Juniper Networks specific command shell that runs on top of a FreeBSD UNIX based operating system kernel By leveraging industry standard tools and utilities the CLI provides a powerful set of commands that you can use to monitor and configure devices running Junos OS see Figure 1 on page 3 The CLlisa straightforward command interface You type commands on a single line and the commands are executed when you press Enter Figure 1 Monitoring an
263. nos OS CLI Environment Commands 239 set cli complete on space 4 44 240 Set clidirectoby sisse kn bpaem e beeranbuei d un E eq d due Das 241 set eliidlestilie olt s mr este proies EM URS Dr E E v dE 242 Set Cli DONDE Jee ote dodo nc ais me tbe a E ep bed goes boobs Dried 243 Set cli restart 0n Upgrade aa cesm se rci de eve E de SeG ese owas RS OJOS Pee 244 set cliscreen length 0 0 RR eee 245 set eli screen Width ax aca on dec apre aes maa Gane bia aavnan es entame den 246 Set cli terminal 4 5 uaa crees eere sid ERROR dalle xareer dee 247 set cli timestamp scu ueets Saacveredee cat dues e chb tI be tama eda e 248 set dale 5 5 dex Ue SE ee signees RECS mp cute dee qua tea d 249 ShOW ll se etr trora re DEKE SBOE wand des et ded eu dede d E ode Es 250 show cli authorizatdomh usse e rie bau mde RES adam ere oe Awad eee des 252 SHOW Cli dieetol rrenean fexus tte T ed ree REPRE NE NS NS 253 SNOW CIL RISEO s s LS eua xor E exeo Y ob ane IE Sepe RES 254 Chapter 25 Operational Commands iis 4232 veau ace ak ban RR aca E aa d cdd 255 36DIpea sis ear ico dead arbaba ree ent bdo mo mes eiieed nteei Dad ed oves eds 256 actiVdle xoc da dete a qeee eder ub dee pee e meenras fei E 258 annotate xa a du tex db een d ER I ER RE EG Exod eed sabes 259 COMMIE PE 260 COhMIBUle i o aae pa rS ER puer ERA eR DE Rowe Rae re eee oe DTE 263 CODY zb dado e deir nde aac vds Sap ds WEN
264. nos OS Configuration Group 143 Using Wildcards with Configuration Groups 145 Example Using Conditions to Apply Configuration Groups 148 Using Conditions to Apply Configuration Groups Overview 148 Example Configuring Conditions for Applying Configuration Groups 148 Example Configuring Sets of Statements with Configuration Groups 151 Example Configuring Interfaces Using Junos OS Configuration Groups 152 Example Configuring a Consistent IP Address for the Management Interface 154 Example Configuring Peer Entities 155 Establishing Regional Configurations 157 Selecting Wildcard Names lille 159 Using Junos OS Defaults Groups 160 Example Referencing the Preset Statement From the Junos defaults Group 161 Example Viewing Default Statements That Have Been Applied to the Configuration 0 0 rn 162 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 15 Chapter 16 Chapter 17 Chapter 18 Chapter 19 Table of Contents CLEMO MUMS Plelpi s siae dites c oai X cin RE ra cR np del rnnt ese ano 163 Examples Using Command Completion in Configuration Mode 163 Examples Using the Junos OS CLI Command Completion 165 Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History 166
265. not define other statements at hierarchy levels below it A plus sign before the statement name indicates that it can contain a set of values To specify a set include the values in brackets For example edit user host set policy options community my as1 transit members 65535 10 65535 11 In some statements you can include an identifier For some identifiers such as interface names you must specify the identifier in a precise format For example the interface name so 0 0 0 refers to a SONET SDH interface that is on the Flexible PIC Concentrator FPC in slot O in the first PIC location and in the first port on the Physical Interface Card PIC For other identifiers such as interface descriptive text and policy and firewall term names you can specify any name including special characters spaces and tabs You must enclose in quotation marks double quotes identifiers and any strings that include a space or tab character or any of the following characters OIrl1 o 9o0 amp If you do not type an option for a statement that requires one a message indicates the type of information required In this example you need to type an area number to complete the command edit user host set protocols ospf area lt Enter gt syntax error expecting identifier Modifying the Junos OS Configuration on page 39 Deleting a Statement from a Junos Configuration on page 87 Copying a Junos Statement in the Configu
266. ns no Don t delete everything under this level yes Delete everything under this level Delete everything under this level yes no no Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 87 CLI User Guide Documentation NOTE You cannot delete multiple statements oridentifiers within a hierarchy using a single delete command You must delete each statement or identifier individually using multiple delete commands For example consider the following configuration at the edit system hierarchy level system host name host 211 domain name domain 122 backup router 192 168 71 254 arp authentication order radius password tacplus To delete the domain name host name and backup router from the configuration you cannot issue a single delete command user host gt delete system hostname host 21 domain name domain 122 backup router 192 168 71 254 You can only delete each statement individually user host delete system host name host 211 user host delete system domain name domain 122 user host delete system backup router 192 168 71 254 Example Deleting a Statement from the Junos Configuration on page 88 Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 Copying a Junos Statement in the Configuration on page 89 Example Deleting a Statement from the Junos Configuration Supported Platforms 88 edit EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following examp
267. ns into your private candidate configuration and attempt to commit again Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 41 CLI User Guide Related Documentation Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Example Using the configure Command on page 167 Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration on page 67 Using the configure exclusive Command on page 71 Updating the configure private Configuration on page 72 Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration on page 65 Additional Details About Specifying Junos Statements and Identifiers Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series This topic provides more detailed information about CLI container and leaf statements so that you can better understand how you must specify them when creating ASCII configuration files It also describes how the CLI performs type checking to verify that the data you entered is in the correct format e Specifying Statements on page 42 Performing CLI Type Checking on page 44 Specifying Statements 42 Statements are shown one of two ways either with braces or without Statement name and identifier with one or more lower level statements enclosed in braces statement namel identifier name 1 statement name2 additional statements Statement name identifier and a single identifier statement name identifier namel identifier name2 The statement name
268. ntrolling the CLI Environment Supported Platforms Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following example shows you how to change the default CLI environment user host gt set cli screen length 66 Screen length set to 66 user host gt set cli screen width 40 Screen width set to 40 user host gt set cli prompt routerl san jose gt routerl san jose gt show cli CLI complete on space set to on CLI idle timeout disabled CLI restart on upgrade set to on CLI screen length set to 66 CLI screen width set to 40 CLI terminal is xterm routerl san jose gt e Setting the Junos OS CLI Screen Length and Width on page 234 e Controlling the Junos OS CLI Environment on page 229 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 169 CLI User Guide 170 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 18 CLI Advanced Features Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the Nn Back Reference on page 171 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Replacing an Interface Name on page 172 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the upto Option on page 173 Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the n Back Reference Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following example shows how you can use the n back reference to replace a pattern
269. o remember or type the full command or option name for the CLI to recognize it To display all possible command or option completions type the partial command followed immediately by a question mark To complete a command or option that you have partially typed press Tab or the Spacebar If the partially typed letters begin a string that uniquely identifies a command the complete command name appears Otherwise a prompt indicates that you have entered an ambiguous command and the possible completions are displayed Command completion also applies to other strings such as filenames interface names and usernames To display all possible values type a partial string followed immediately by a question mark To complete a string press Tab Using Command Completion in Configuration Mode The CLI command completion functions also apply to the commands in configuration mode and to configuration statements Specifically to display all possible commands or statements type the partial string followed immediately by a question mark To complete a command or statement that you have partially typed press Tab or the Spacebar Command completion also applies to identifiers with one slight difference To display all possible identifiers type a partial string followed immediately by a question mark To complete an identifier you must press Tab This scheme allows you to enter identifiers with similar names then press the Spacebar when you are
270. olicy statement statics term term f from route filter 192 168 0 0 16 orlonger route filter 224 0 0 0 3 orlonger then reject term term2 f from protocol direct then reject term term3 f from protocol static then accept term term4 f from protocol local then reject term terms f from protocol aggregate then reject term term6 f Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 93 CLI User Guide Related Documentation then accept Insert a transit router in a dynamic MPLS path edit protocols mpls path ny sf user host show 1137 2 2 22 3 3 3 3 loose 4 4 4 4 strict 6 6 6 6 edit protocols mpls path ny sf user host insert 5 5 5 5 before 6 6 6 6 edit protocols mpls path ny sf user host set 5 5 5 5 strict edit protocols mpls path ny sf user host show 1137 2 222 3 3 3 3 loose 4 4 4 4 strict 5 5 5 5 strict 6 6 6 6 Inserting a New Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 92 Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms 94 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series In a Junos configuration you can deactivate statements and identifiers so that they do not take effect when you issue the commit command Any deactivated statements and identifiers are marked with the inactive tag They remain in the configura
271. ommand usage suldelilnes ce taicietcescits set cli idle timeout command 242 usage guidelines 230 set cli prompt commanwd seen 243 usage guidelines 230 set cli restart on upgrade command 244 usage guidelines nnn 230 set cli screen length command 245 usage guidelines 229 234 set cli screen width command 246 set cli terminal command sees usage guidelines set cli timestamp command sage suldellimes rettet Set command tarte tte tnra tette ttn tete t tantas configuration mode eee usage guicdeliries nescio set date Commandement Set Option ecce is show cli authorization command 252 show cli COmMMa NA iraran 250 usage g ildelines ette 231 show cli directory command 253 310 show cli history command 254 usage guidelines eerte 166 show command configuration mode 280 usage guidelines 235 show configuration command eene 281 show groups junos defaults command 288 usage guidelines eene 160 show system commit command 289 show system processes extensive command 222 OUtput table ior te emt 224 show system statistics command 289 show version command JUNOS OS LE 220 show display inheritance command 284 show display inheritance defau
272. on Results Addresses 10 1 2 1 and 10 1 2 4 are protected Unprotecting a Configuration Step by Step Suppose you have the following configuration at the edit system hierarchy level Procedure protect system f host name bigping domain search 10 1 2 1 login deny sources protect address 172 17 28 19 172 17 28 173 172 17 28 0 174 0 0 0 J To unprotect the entire edit system hierarchy level issue the following command at the edit level edit user host unprotect system Results The entire system hierarchy level is unprotected Verification Verify That a Hierarchy Is Protected Using the show Command Purpose Tocheck that a configuration hierarchy is protected Action In the configuration mode issue the show command at the edit hierarchy level to see all the configuration hierarchies and configuration statements that are protected e NOTE All protected hierarchies or statements are prefixed with a protect string protect system f host name bigping domain search 10 1 2 1 login deny sources protect address 172 17 28 19 172 17 28 173 172 17 28 0 174 0 0 0 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 109 CLI User Guide Verify That a Hierarchy Is Protected by Attempting to Modify a Configuration Purpose To verify that a configuration is protected by trying to modify the configuration using the activate copy insert rename and delete commands Action To veri
273. on root terminal p3 pid 1088 on since 2000 10 30 19 47 58 EDT idle 00 00 44 exclusive edit interfaces so 3 0 0 unit O family inet In configure exclusive mode any uncommitted changes are discarded when you exit user host gt configure exclusive warning uncommitted changes will be discarded on exit Entering configuration mode edit user host set system host name cool edit user host quit The configuration has been changed but not committed warning Auto rollback on exiting configure exclusive Discard uncommitted changes yes no yes warning discarding uncommitted changes load complete Exiting configuration mode Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 71 CLI User Guide Related Documentation When you use the yes option to exit configure exclusive mode Junos OS discards your uncommitted changes and rolls backs your configuration The no option allows you to continue editing or to commit your changes in configure exclusive mode When a user exits from configure exclusive mode while another useris in configure private mode Junos OS will roll back any uncommitted changes Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 Forms of the configure Command on page 40 Updating the configure private Configuration Supported Platforms Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series When you are in configure private mode you must work with a co
274. on CLI idle timeout disabled CLI restart on upgrade set to on CLI screen length set to 47 CLI screen width set to 132 CLI terminal is vt100 CLI is operating in enhanced mode CLI timestamp disabled CLI working directory is var home regress Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 251 CLI User Guide show cli authorization Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series SRX Series T Series Syntax showcli authorization Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Display the permissions for the current user user host gt show cli authorization Current user root login boojum class root Permissions Permissions admin Can view user accounts admin control Can modify user accounts clear Can clear learned network info configure Can enter configuration mode control Can modify any config edit Can edit full files field Can use field debug commands floppy Can read and write the floppy interface Can view interface configuration interface control Can modify interface configuration network Can access the network reset Can reset restart interfaces and daemons routing Can view routing configuration routing control Can modify routing configuration shell Can start a local shell snmp Can view SNMP configuration snmp control Can modify SNMP configuration system Can view system configuration syste
275. on you can add one statement and then make copies of that statement Copying a statement duplicates that statement and the entire hierarchy of statements configured under that statement Copying statements is useful when you are configuring many physical or logical interfaces of the same type To make a copy of an existing statement in the configuration use the configuration mode copy command user host copy existing statement to new statement Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 89 CLI User Guide Immediately after you have copied a portion of the configuration the configuration might not be valid You must check the validity of the new configuration and if necessary modify either the copied portion or the original portion for the configuration to be valid Related Example Copying a Statement in the Junos Configuration on page 90 D tati ocumentanon Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 Example Copying a Statement in the Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following example shows how you can create one virtual connection VC on an interface and then copy its configuration to create a second VC edit interfaces user host show at 1 0 0 description PAIX to MAE West encapsulation atm pvc unit 61 f point to point vci O 61 family inet f address 10 0 1 1 24 edit interfaces user host edit at 1 0
276. on page 246 set cli terminal on page 247 Show cli Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 245 CLI User Guide set cli screen width Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Syntax setcli screen width width Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Description Set the terminal screen width user host gt set cli screen width Screen width set to 132 Options width Number of characters in a line The range of values is O through 1024 The default is 80 The point at which the more prompt appears on the screen is a function of this setting and the settings for the set cli screen length and set cli terminal commands Required Privilege view Level Related Setting the Screen Width on page 234 D tati eee set cli screen length on page 245 set cli terminal on page 247 Show cli 246 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc set cli terminal Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation Chapter 24 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series set cli terminal terminal type Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Set the terminal type user host gt set cli terminal xterm terminal type Type of terminal that is connected to the Ethernet management port ansi ANSI compati
277. on them into a text file remove any line breaks change any details necessary to match your network configuration and then copy and paste the commands into the CLI at the edit hierarchy level You can configure the commit server properties from either the regular edit mode or the edit batch mode Device RO set system commit server maximum aggregate pool 4 set system commit server maximum entries 500 set system commit server commit interval 5 set system commit server days to keep error logs 30 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 121 CLI User Guide set system commit server traceoptions commitd_nov set system commit server traceoptions flag all Configuring the Commit Server Properties Step by Step 1 Procedure 122 Optional Configure the number of commit transactions to aggregate or merge in a single commit operation The default value for maximum aggregate pool is 5 e NOTE Setting maximum aggregate pool to 1 commits each of the jobs individually In this example the number of commit transactions is set to 4 indicating that four different commit jobs are aggregated into a single commit before the commit operation is initiated edit system commit server user RO set maximum aggregate pool 4 Optional Configure the maximum number of jobs allowed in a batch This limits the number of commits jobs that are added to the queue edit system commit server user RO set maximum entries 500 NOTE If you
278. onfiguration Group on page 139 The group names for Routing Engines on the TX Matrix router have the following formats lecn reO Configuration statements applied to the Routing Engine in slot O in a specified T640 router lccn rel1 Configuration statements applied to the Routing Engine in slot 1 in a specified T640 router Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Related Documentation Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups n identifies the T640 router and can be from O through 3 For example to configure Routing Engine 1 properties for lec3 you include statements at the edit groups lcc3 rel hierarchy level C NOTE The management Ethernet interface used for the TX Matrix Plus router T1600 routers in a routing matrix and PTX Series Packet Transport Switches is emO Junos OS automatically creates the router s management Ethernet interface emO Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 Using Junos OS Defaults Groups on page 160 Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 Disabling Inheritance of a Junos OS Configuration Group on page 143 Using Wildcards with Configuration Groups on page 145 Example Configuring Sets of Statements with Configuration Groups on page 151 Applying a Junos Configuration Group Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To have a Junos configuration inherit the statements fro
279. ons running on standard or nonstandard ports Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands audit process Optional Restart the RADIUS accounting process that gathers statistical data that can be used for general network monitoring analyzing and tracking usage patterns for billing a user based upon the amount of time or type of services accessed auto configuration Optional Restart the Interface Auto Configuration process autoinstallation EX Series switches only Optional Restart the autoinstallation process captive portal content delivery Optional Restart the HTTP redirect service by specifying the location to which a subscriber s initial Web browser session is redirected enabling initial provisioning and service selection for the subscriber ce l2tp service M10 M10i M7i and MX Series routers only Optional Restart the Universal Edge Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol L2TP process which establishes L2TP tunnels and Point to Point Protocol PPP sessions through L2TP tunnels chassis control Optional Restart the chassis management process class of service Optional Restart the class of service CoS process which controls the router s or switch s CoS configuration clksyncd service Optional Restart the external clock synchronization process which Uses synchronous Ethernet SyncE database replication EX Series switches and MX Series routers Optional Restart
280. os Configuration but Requiring Confirmation on page 115 Activating a Junos Configuration but Requiring Confirmation Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series When you commit the current candidate configuration you can require an explicit confirmation for the commit to become permanent This is useful if you want to verify that a configuration change works correctly and does not prevent access to the router If the change prevents access or causes other errors the router autornatically returns to the previous configuration and restores access after the rollback confirmation timeout passes This feature is called autornatic rollback To commit the current candidate configuration but require an explicit confirmation for the commit to become permanent use the commit confirmed configuration mode command edit user host commit confirmed commit confirmed will be automatically rolled back in 1O minutes unless confirmed commit complete commit confirmed will be rolled back in 10 minutes edit user host Once you have verified that the change works correctly you can keep the new configuration active by entering a commit or commit check command within 1O minutes of the commit confirmed command For example edit user host commit check commit confirmed will be automatically rolled back in 1O minutes unless confirmed commit complete commit confirmed will be rolled back in 10 minutes
281. os OS Configuration Group on page 143 Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Using Wildcards with Configuration Groups on page 145 Example Configuring Sets of Statements with Configuration Groups on page 151 Example Configuring and Applying Junos Configuration Groups Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series In this example the SNMP configuration is divided between the group basic and the normal configuration hierarchy 140 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups There are a number of advantages to placing the system specific configuration SNMP contact into a configuration group and thus separating it from the normal configuration hierarchy the user can replace using the load replace command either section without discarding data from the other In addition setting a contact for a specific box is now possible because the group data would be hidden by the router specific data edit groups f basic User defined group name snmp This group contains some SNMP data contact My Engineering Group community BasicAccess f authorization read only apply groups basic Enable inheritance from group basic snmp 1 Some normal non group configuration location West of Nowhere This configuration is equivalent to the following edit snmp location West of Nowhere contac
282. os OS Information on page 220 Using the Junos OS CLI Comment Character for Operational Mode Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The comment character in Junos OS enables you to copy operational mode commands that include comments from a file and paste them into the CLI A pound sign at the beginning of the command line indicates a comment line This is useful for describing frequently used operational mode commands for example a user s work instructions on how to monitor the network To add a comment to a command file the first character of the line must be When you start a command with the rest of the line is disregarded by Junos OS To add comments in operational mode start with a and end with a new line carriage return user host gt comment string comment string is the text of the comment The comment text can be any length but each comment line must begin with a Related Example Using Comments in Junos OS Operational Mode Commands on page 227 Documentation Example Using Comments in Junos OS Operational Mode Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following example shows how to use comments in a file Command 1 Show the router version show version Command 2 Show all router interfaces show interfaces terse The following example shows how to copy and paste contents of a file into the
283. ose in the existing configuration For an example see Figure 10 on page 132 To change part of the configuration with a patch file and mark only those parts as changed specify the patch option For an example see Figure 11 on page 133 To use the merge replace set or update option without specifying the full hierarchy level specify the relative option For example edit system user host show static host mapping bob sysid 987 654 321ab edit system user host load replace terminal relative Type D at a new line to end input replace static host mapping f bob sysid 0123 456 789bc load complete edit system user host show static host mapping bob sysid 0123 456 789bc If in an override or merge operation you specify a file or type text that contains replace tags the replace tags are ignored and the override or merge operation is performed If you are performing a replace operation and the file you specify or text you type does not contain any replace tags the replace operation is effectively equivalent to a merge operation This might be useful if you are running automated scripts and cannot know in advance whether the scripts need to perform a replace or a merge operation The scripts can use the replace operation to cover either case To load a configuration that contains the set configuration mode command specify the set option This option executes the configuration instructions line by line as they are
284. ose user Y enters the configure exclusive mode User X cannot commit any changes Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Related Documentation Chapter 6 CLI Commit Operations to the configuration even if those changes were entered before user Y logged in If user Y exits configure exclusive mode user X can then commit the changes made in configure private or configure mode Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Forms of the configure Command on page 40 Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration on page 67 Junos OS Batch Commits Overview Supported Platforms LN Series M Series MX Series T Series Junos OS provides a batch commit feature that aggregates or merges multiple configuration edits from different CLI sessions or users and adds them to a batch commit queue A batch commit server running on the device takes one or more jobs from the batch commit queue applies the configuration changes to the shared configuration database and then commits the configuration changes in a single commit operation Batches are prioritized by the commit server based on priority of the batch specified by the user or the time when the batch job is added When one batch commit is complete the next set of configuration changes are aggregated and loaded into the batch queue for the next session of the batch commit operation Batches are created until there are no commit entries left in the queue directory When com
285. ou can also unprotect a protected configuration by using the unprotect command These commands can be used at any level of the configuration hierarchy a top level parent hierarchy or a configuration statement or an identifier within the lowest level of the hierarchy If a configuration hierarchy is protected users cannot perform the following activities Deleting or modifying a hierarchy or a statement or identifier within the protected hierarchy Inserting a new configuration statement or an identifier within the protected hierarchy Renaming a statement or identifier within the protected hierarchy Copying a configuration into a protected hierarchy Activating or deactivating statements within a protected hierarchy Annotating a protected hierarchy Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration Protecting a Parent Level Hierarchy Step by Step To protect a configuration at the top level of the hierarchy Procedure Identify the hierarchy that you want to protect and issue the protect command for the hierarchy at the edit hierarchy level For example if you want to protect the entire edit access hierarchy level issue the following command edit user host protect access Results Protects all elements under the parent hierarchy NOTE If you issue the protect command for a hierarchy that is not used in the configuration the Junos OS CLI displays the
286. ou enter the full command name starting at the top level of the hierarchy For example to display a brief view of the routes in the routing table use the command show route brief Configuration Statement Hierarchy The configuration statement hierarchy has two types of statements container statements which are statements that contain other statements and leaf statements which do not contain other statements All of the container and leaf statements together form the configuration hierarchy Figure 3 on page 6 illustrates a part of the hierarchy tree The protocols statement is a top level statement at the trunk of the configuration tree The ospf area and interface statements are all subordinate container statements of a higher statement they are branches of the hierarchy tree and the hello interval statement is a leaf on the tree Figure 3 Configuration Statement Hierarchy Example Trunk of hierarchy tree Branches of hierarchy tree Tree leaves Top level statements Container statements Leaf statements Protocols bgp dvmrp icmp dead interval igmp hello interval isis interface type mpis area range metric OSpf area interface mtu rip traceoptions stub poll interval router discovery virtual link priority rsvp retransmit interval sap I transit delay a transmit interval E Moving Among Hierarchy Levels You can use the CLI command
287. ou omit it you are prompted for it reO path filename or rel path filename File on a local Routing Engine Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 197 CLI User Guide Required Privilege Level Related Documentation configure To enter configuration mode Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration on page 94 server Batch Commits Supported Platforms Syntax Hierarchy Level Release Information Description Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 198 LN Series M Series MX Series T Series server commit interval number of seconds between commits days to keep error logs days to keep error log entries gt maximum aggregate pool maximum number of commits to aggregate gt maximum entries lt number of entries gt traceoptions file filename files number flag all batch commit server configuration size maximum file size world readable no world readable edit system commit Statement introduced in Junos OS Release 12 1 For Junos OS batch commits configure the batch commit server properties The remaining statements are explained separately system To view this statement in the configuration system control To add this statement to the configuration Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits on page 120 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc set Supported Platforms Syntax Release
288. ows users to connect to a network of hosts over a bridge or access concentrator protected system domain service Optional Restart the Protected System Domain PSD process redundancy interface process Optional Restart the ASP redundancy process Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands remote operations Optional Restart the remote operations process which provides the ping and traceroute MIBs root system domain service Optional Restart the Root System Domain RSD service routing QFX Series EX Series switches and MX Series routers only Optional Restart the routing protocol process routing logical system logical system name Optional Restart the routing protocol process which controls the routing protocols that run on the router or switch and maintains the routing tables Optionally restart the routing protocol process for the specified logical system only sampling Optional Restart the sampling process which performs packet sampling based on particular input interfaces and various fields in the packet header sbc configuration process Optional Restart the session border controller SBC process of the border signaling gateway BSC scc TX Matrix routers only Optional Restart the software process on the TX Matrix router or switch card chassis sdk service Optional Restart the SDK Service process which runs on the Routing Engine an
289. p syslog syslog tag The help syslog command displays the contents of a system log message Related Junos OS CLI Online Help Features on page 11 Documentation Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 72 Junos OS CLI Online Help Features Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The Junos OS CLI online help provides the following features for ease of use and error prevention Help for Omitted Statements on page 11 Using CLI Command Completion on page 12 Using Command Completion in Configuration Mode on page 12 Displaying Tips About CLI Commands on page 12 Help for Omitted Statements If you have omitted a required statement at a particular hierarchy level when you attempt to move from that hierarchy level or when you issue the show command in configuration mode a message indicates which statement is missing For example edit protocols pim interface so 0 0 0 user host top Warning missing mandatory statement mode Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc n CLI User Guide edit user host show protocols f pim interface so 0 0 0 priority 4 version 2 Warning missing mandatory statement s mode Using CLI Command Completion The Junos OS CLI provides you a command completion option that enables Junos OS to recognize commands and options based on the initial few letters you typed That is you do not always have t
290. p test1 1 Set the condition that identifies the model MX240 router edit groups testl when user host set model mx240 2 Set the condition that identifies the chassis type as LCCO edit groups test when user host set chassis lccO 3 Set the condition that identifies the Routing Engine operating as REO edit groups test when user host set routing engine reO 4 Set the condition that identifies the virtual chassis memberO edit groups test when user host set member memberO 5 Set the condition that identifies the cluster nodeO edit groups testl when user host set node nodeO 6 Set the condition that applies the group only between the hours of 9 00 a m and 5 00 p m daily Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 149 CLI User Guide edit groups test when user host set time 9 to 5 n NOTE The syntax for specifying the time is time start time to lt end time gt using the time format yyyy mm dd hh mm hh mm or hh 7 Commit the configuration Results From configuration mode confirm your configuration by entering the show groups command If the output does not display the intended configuration repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration user host show groups test when time 9 to 5 chassis lccO model mx240 routing engine reO member memberO node nodeO Verification Confirm that the configuration is working properly Checking Gro
291. page 131 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 129 CLI User Guide 130 To replace portions of a configuration specify the replace option For this operation to work you must include replace tags in the file or configuration you type at the terminal The software searches for the replace tags deletes the existing statements of the same name if any and replaces them with the incoming configuration If there is no existing statement of the same name the replace operation adds to the configuration the statements marked with the replace tag For an example see Figure 9 on page 132 To replace only the configuration that has changed specify the update option at any level of the hierarchy An update operation compares the current configuration and the current candidate configuration and loads only the changes between these configurations in filename or the one that you type at the terminal When you use the update operation and commit the configuration Junos OS attempts to notify the smallest set of system processes that are affected by the configuration change To combine the current configuration and the configuration in filename or the one that you type at the terminal specify the merge option A merge operation is useful when you are adding a new section to an existing configuration If the existing configuration and the incoming configuration contain conflicting statements the statements in the incoming configuration override th
292. pared to the regular commit operation where all commits are independently committed sequentially batch commits save time and system resources by committing multiple small configuration edits in a single commit operation Batch commits are performed from the edit batch configuration mode The commit server properties can be configured at the edit system commit server hierarchy level Aggregation and Error Handling When there is a load time error in one of the aggregated jobs the commit job that encounters the error is discarded and the remaining jobs are aggregated and committed For example if there are five commit jobs commit 1 commit 2 commit 3 commit 4 and commit 5 being aggregated and commit 3 encounters an error while loading commit 3 is discarded and commit 1 commit 2 commit 4 and commit 5 are aggregated and committed If there is an error during the commit operation when two or more jobs are aggregated and committed the aggregation is discarded and each of those jobs is committed individually like a regular commit operation For example if there are five commit jobs commit 1 commit 2 commit 3 commit 4 and commit 5 that are aggregated and if there is a commit error caused because of commit 3 the aggregation is discarded commit 1 commit 2 commit 3 commit 4 and commit 5 are committed individually and the CLI reports a commit error for commit 3 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 53 CLI User Guide
293. port Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 211 CLI User Guide For more information about J Series and SRX interface naming conventions see the Junos OS Interfaces Library for Security Devices Logical Part of an Interface Name The logical unit part of the interface name corresponds to the logical unit number which can be a number from O through 16 384 In the virtual part of the name a period separates the port and logical unit numbers MSeries and T Series routers type fpc pic port logical J Series and SRX devices type slot pim or ioc port channel unit Channel Identifier Part of an Interface Name The channel identifier part of the interface name is required only on channelized interfaces For channelized interfaces channel O identifies the first channelized interface For channelized intelligent queuing IQ interfaces channel 1 identifies the first channelized interface D NOTE Depending on the type of channelized interface up to three levels of channelization can be specified For more information see the Junos OS Interfaces Library for Security Devices A colon separates the physical and virtual parts of the interface name M Series and T Series routers type fpc pic port channel type fpc pic port channel channel type fpc pic port channel channel channel J Series and SRX devices type slot pim or ioc port channel type slot pim or ioc port channel channel type slot pim or ioc port chann
294. ption on Documentation page 173 Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration on page 49 172 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 18 CLI Advanced Features Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the upto Option Supported Platforms LN Series Consider the hierarchy shown in Figure 13 on page 173 The text string 010101 appears in three places the description sections of ge 0 0 0 ge 0 0 0 0 and fe 0 0 1 These three instances are three objects The following example shows how you can use the upto option to perform replacements in a JUNOS configuration Figure 13 Replacement by Object Current Configuration Interfaces ge 0 0 0 fe 0 0 1 description mkt 010101 description mkt 010101 ge 0 0 0 0 description mkt 010101 user host gt replace pattern 01 with pattern 02 upto 2 Resulting Configuration Interfaces ge 0 0 0 fe 0 0 1 description mkt 020202 description mkt 020202 ge 0 0 0 0 description mkt 010101 9017228 An upto 2 option in the replace command converts 01 to 02 for two object instances The objects under the main interfaces ge 0 0 0 and fe 0 0 1 will be replaced first since these are siblings in the hierarchy level Because of the upto 2 restriction the replace command replaces patterns in the first and second instance in the hierarc
295. py ftp hostname net Not logged in user host gt file copy ftp username prompt ftp hostname net filename Password for username ftp hostname net Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 219 CLI User Guide Related Documentation http hostname path filename File on an HTTP server You can also specify hostname as username hostname or username password hostname If a password is required and you omit it you are prompted for it reO path filename or rel path filename File on a local Routing Engine You can also specify a file on a local Routing Engine for a specific T640 router on a routing matrix user host gt show log lccO rel chassisd Displaying Junos OS Information on page 220 Displaying Junos OS Information Supported Platforms 220 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can display Junos OS version information and other status to determine if the version of Junos OS that you are running supports particular features or hardware To display Junos OS information 1 Make sure you are in operational mode 2 To display brief information and status for the kernel and Packet Forwarding Engine enter the show version brief command This command shows version information for Junos OS packages installed on the router For example user host gt show version brief Hostname host Model m7i JUNOS Base OS boot 9 1R1 8 JUNOS Base OS Software Suite 9 1R1 8 JUNOS Ke
296. py of the most recently committed shared configuration If the global configuration changes you can issue the update command to update your private candidate configuration When you do this your private candidate configuration contains a copy of the most recently committed configuration with your private changes merged in For example edit user host update edit user host You canalsoissue the rollback command to discard your private candidate configuration changes and obtain the most recently committed configuration edit user host rollback edit user host Forms of the configure Command on page 40 Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface Supported Platforms 72 LN Series As an introduction to the Junos OS command line interface CLI this topic provides instructions for simple steps you take after installing Junos OS on the device It shows you how to start the CLI view the command hierarchy and make small configuration changes The related topics listed at the end of this topic provide you more detailed information about using the CLI Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration NOTE The instructions and examples in this topic are based on sample M Series and T Series routers You can use them as a guideline for entering commands on your devices running Junos OS Before you begin make sure your device hardware is set up and
297. pyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 24 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands set cli complete on space set cli directory set cli idle timeout set cli prompt set cli restart on upgrade set cli screen length set cli screen width set cli terminal set cli timestamp set date show cli show cli authorization show cli directory show cli history Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 239 CLI User Guide set clicomplete on space Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation List of Sample Output Output Fields Sample Output EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series set cli complete on space off on Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9 0 for EX Series switches Set the command line interface CLI to complete a partial command entry when you type a space or a tab This is the default behavior of the CLI off Turn off command completion on Allow either a space or a tab to be used for command completion view show cli on page 250 set cli complete on space on page 240 When you enter this command you are provided feedback on the status of your request set cli complete on space 240 In the following example pressing the Spacebar changes the partial command entry from com to complete on space The example shows how addi
298. r s home directory is the default directory for most of Junos OS commands requiring a filename 3 To view the contents of other file directories specify the directory location For example user host gt file list config juniper conf juniper conf l gz juniper conf 2 gz juniper conf 3 gz 4 You can also use the device s context sensitive help system to locate a directory For example user host gt file list Possible completions Enter Execute this command Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 217 CLI User Guide 218 5 lt path gt COPYRIGHT altconfig altroot bin boot config data dev etc kernel mfs mnt modules opt packages proc rdm taf root sbin staging tmp usr var Path Size Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Size Last Last Last Last Last Last Size Last Last Last Last Last Last user host gt file list var lt Enter gt lt path gt var account var at var backups var bin var crash var cron var db var empty var etc var heimdal var home var jail var log var mail var msgs var named var packages var pdb var preserve var run var rundb var rwho var sdb var spool var sw var tmp var transfer var yp Execute this command Path Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last Last
299. ration on page 63 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 279 CLI User Guide show Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 280 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series show lt statement path gt lt identifier gt Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Display the current configuration none Display the entire configuration at the current hierarchy level identifier Optional Display the configuration for the specified identifier statement path Optional Display the configuration for the specified statement hierarchy path configure To enter configuration mode but other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Show display inheritance on page 284 Show display omit on page 285 Show display set on page 286 Show display set relative on page 287 show groups junos defaults on page 288 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc show configuration Chapter 25 Operational Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series SRX Series T Series Syntax show configuration statement path Release Information Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Command introduced in Junos OS Release 9 0 for EX Series switche
300. ration on page 89 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration Renaming an Identifier in a Junos Configuration on page 91 Using the configure exclusive Command on page 71 Additional Details About Specifying Junos Statements and Identifiers on page 42 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Deleting a Statement from a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To delete a statement or identifier from a Junos configuration use the delete configuration mode command Deleting a statement or an identifier effectively unconfigures the functionality associated with that statement or identifier returning that functionality to its default condition user host delete statement path identifier When you delete a statement the statement and all its subordinate statements and identifiers are removed from the configuration For statements that can have more than one identifier when you delete one identifier only that identifier is deleted The other identifiers in the statement remain To delete the entire hierarchy starting at the current hierarchy level do not specify a statement or an identifier in the delete command When you omit the statement or identifier you are prompted to confirm the deletion edit user host delete Delete everything under this level yes no no Possible completio
301. rd Characters for Specifying Interface Names Wildcard Character Description asterisk Match any string of characters in that position in the interface name For example so matches all SONET SDH interfaces character character Match one or more individual characters in that position in the interface name For example so 03 matches all SONET SDH interfaces in slots O and 3 character character Match all characters except the ones included in the brackets For example so 103 matches all SONET SDH interfaces except those in slots O and 3 character character2 Match a range of characters For example so 0 3 matches all SONET SDH interfaces in slots O 1 2 and 3 character character2 Match all characters that are not in the specified range of characters For example so 10 3 matches all SONET SDH interfaces in slots 4 5 6 and 7 Related Using Keyboard Sequences to Move Around and Edit the Junos OS CLI on page 47 Documentation Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration on page 49 Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can make global changes to variables and identifiers in a Junos configuration by using the replace configuration mode command This command replaces a pattern in a configuration with another pattern For example you can use this command to fi
302. re described in CLI Explorer Required Privilege maintenance Level Related Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands on page 15 Documentation Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 269 CLI User Guide restart Supported Platforms 270 List of Syntax Syntax Syntax EX Series Switches Syntax TX Matrix Routers EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series Syntax on page 270 Syntax EX Series Switches on page 270 Syntax TX Matrix Routers on page 270 Syntax TX Matrix Plus Routers on page 271 Syntax MX Series Routers on page 271 Syntax QFX Series on page 271 restart adaptive services ancpd service application identification audit process auto configuration captive portal content delivery ce l2tp service chassis control class of service clksyncd service database replication datapath trace service Idhcp service diameter service disk monitoring dynamic flow capture ecc error logging ethernet connectivity fault management lethernet link fault management event processing firewall general authentication service gracefully iccp service idp policy immediately linterface control ipsec key management kernel replication l2 learning 2cpd service I2tp service l2tp universal edge lacp license service link management local policy decision function mac validation mib process mobile ip mountd service mpls traceroute mspd
303. rface s0o 0 0 0 0 edit user host show display inheritance snmp so 1 1 1 0 was inherited from group basic interface so 0 0 0 0 so 1 1 1 0 J For sets that are not displayed within brackets all values are also inherited For example edit user host show groups f worldwide f system name server f 10 0 0 100 10 0 0 200 apply groups worldwide system name server f 10 0 01 10 0 0 2 edit user host show display inheritance system name server Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 151 CLI User Guide 10 0 0 100 was inherited from group worldwide 34 10 0 0 100 10 0 0 200 was inherited from group worldwide 10 0 0 200 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 2 Related Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 D tati ocumentaton Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 Example Configuring Interfaces Using Junos OS Configuration Groups Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can use configuration groups to separate the common interface media parameters from the interface specific addressing information The following example places configuration data for ATM interfaces into a group called atm options edit user host show groups f atm options f interfaces f at atm options f vpi O m
304. ries Display configured CLI settings This command has no options view show cli on page 251 Table 17 on page 250 lists the output fields for the show cli command Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear Table 17 show cli Output Fields Field Name Field Description CLI complete on space Capability to complete a partial command entry when you type a space or a tab on or off CLI idle timeout Maximum time that an individual session can be idle before the user is logged out from the router or switch When this feature is enabled the number of minutes is displayed Otherwise the state is disabled CLI restart on upgrade CLI is set to prompt you to restart the router or switch after upgrading the software on or off CLI screen length Number of lines of text that the terminal screen displays CLI screen width Number of characters in a line on the terminal screen CLI terminal Terminal type CLI is operating in Mode enhanced CLI timestamp Date and time format for the timestamp If the timestamp is not set the state is disabled 250 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 24 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands Table 17 show cli Output Fields continued Field Name Field Description CLI working directory Pathname of the working directory Sample Output show cli user host gt show cli CLI complete on space set to
305. ries MX Series PTX Series T Series show cli directory Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Display the current working directory user host gt show cli directory Current directory var home regress view Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 253 CLI User Guide show cli history Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 254 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series show cli history count Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Display a list of previous CLI commands user host gt show cli history 11 14 14 show arp 11 22 10 show cli authorization 11 27 12 show cli history none Display all previous CLI commands count Optional Maximum number of commands to display view Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History on page 166 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 25 Operational Commands pipe e activate annotate commit e configure copy file help e request restart set show e show configuration Show display inheritance Show display omit show display set show display set relative show groups junos defaults Show system commit Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 255 CLI User Guide pipe Supported Platforms Syntax Release
306. rix based on a TX Matrix Plus router all lcc All T640 routers in a routing matrix based on a TX Matrix router or all T1600 routers in a routing matrix based on a TX Matrix Plus router If you specify none of these options then the command applies by default to the whole routing matrix the TX Matrix router and all connected T640 routers or the TX Matrix Plus router and all connected T1600 routers Examples of Routing Matrix Command Options The following output samples using the show version command demonstrate some different options for viewing information about the routing matrix user host gt show version Possible completions Enter Execute this command all 1cc Show software version on all LCC chassis brief Display brief output detail Display detailed output Tec Show software version on specific LCC 0 3 scc Show software version on the SCC Pipe through a command Sample Output No Routing Matrix Options Specified user host gt show version scc re0 Hostname scc Model TX Matrix JUNOS Base OS boot 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Base OS Software Suite 7 0 20040629 0 JUNOS Kernel Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support T Series 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Online Documentation 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 7 0 20040630 0 1cc0 re0 Hostname 1ccO Model t640 JUNOS Base OS boot 7 0 20040630 0 JUNOS Base OS So
307. rmation Information about entries in the routing tables show route Forwarding table Information about data in the kernel s forwarding table show route forwarding table information IS IS Adjacent routers or switches show isis adjacency OSPF Display standard information about OSPF neighbors show ospf neighbor BGP Display information about BGP neighbors show bgp neighbor Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 233 CLI User Guide Table 14 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands continued Items to Check Description Command MPLS Status of interfaces on which MPLS is running show mpls interface Configured LSPs on the router or switch as well as all ingress show mpls lsp transit and egress LSPs Routes that form a label switched path show route label switched path RSVP Status of interfaces on which RSVP is running show rsvp interface Currently active RSVP sessions show rsvp session RSVP packet and error counters show rsvp statistics Related Junos OS Operational Mode Commands That Combine Other Commands on page 18 Documentatior Understanding the Brief Detail Extensive and Terse Options of Junos OS Operational Commands on page 19 Setting the Junos OS CLI Screen Length and Width Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can set the Junos OS command line interface CLI screen length and width according to your specific requir
308. rnel Software Suite 9 1R1 8 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 9 1R1 8 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support M T Common 9 1R1 8 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support M7i M10i 9 1R1 8 JUNOS Online Documentation 9 1R1 8 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 9 1R1 8 user host gt If the Junos Crypto Software Suite is listed the router has Canada and USA encrypted Junos OS If the Junos Crypto Software Suite is not listed the router is running worldwide nonencrypted Junos OS To display detailed version information enter the show version detail command This command display shows the hostname and version information for Junos OS packages installed on your router It also includes the version information for each software process For example user host gt show version detail Hostname host Model m20 JUNOS Base OS boot 8 4R1 13 JUNOS Base OS Software Suite 8 4R1 13 JUNOS Kernel Software Suite 8 4R1 13 JUNOS Crypto Software Suite 8 4R1 13 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 21 Routine Monitoring JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support M T Common 8 4R1 13 JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support M20 M40 8 4R1 13 JUNOS Online Documentation 8 4R1 13 JUNOS Routing Software Suite 8 4R1 13 KERNEL 8 4R1 13 0 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 33 41 UTC MGD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 34 00 UTC CLI release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 34 47 UTC RPD release 8
309. roups except statement authorization See permissions B batch commit usage guidelines 53 120 121 braces in configuration statements xviii brackets angle in syntax descriptions xviii square in configuration statements xviii C candidate configuration ss 5 CLI command completion een 240 command history entente 166 displaying e 254 comparing configuration versions 295 configuration mode GeScripkioDh asm erret ttti 33 navigation commands table 7 current working directory cisplayitig s uicta teretes tec 253 SENINE a etie etes ertet intr eas 24 date SOELIDIB rene cream uno 249 editing command line 47 idle timeout setting ss 242 keyboard sequences er permissions displaying eset eseeseeeeseee 252 prompt Strings 230 prompt Settings 243 restart after software upgrade 244 screen length setting screen width setting settings displaying terminal type setting TIMESTAMP ER timestamp setting type checking ect ctc tnt 44 Users monitoring retten recs 215 Word HISTORY ec hei ne 166 working directory 230 command history operational mode rs 166 305 CLI User Guide command output configuration details 68 configuration comparing files 25 end of displaying from 28 filtering comparing con
310. roups northwest edit user host show display inheritance interfaces f t3 0 0 0 t3 options was inherited from group northwest t3 options long buildout was inherited from group northwest long buildout kentrox was inherited from group northwest compatibility mode kentrox ones was inherited from group standard idle cycle flag ones 158 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups Related Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 D tati eee Example Configuring Peer Entities on page 155 Selecting Wildcard Names Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can combine wildcarding and thoughtful use of names in statements to tailor statement values edit user host show groups f mpls conf protocols mpls f label switched path major retry timer 5 bandwidth 155m optimize timer 60 label switched path lt minor gt retry timer 15 bandwidth 64k optimize timer 120 apply groups mpls conf protocols f mpls f label switched path metro major to 10 0 0 10 label switched path remote minor f to 10 0 0 20 edit user host show display inheritance protocols f mpls f label switched path metro major to 10 0 0 10 5 was inherited from group mpls conf r
311. rsh ssh root login allow telnet edit user host wildcard delete system services syntax error When you delete a statement the statement and all its subordinate statements and identifiers are removed from the configuration To delete related configuration items issue the wildcard configuration mode command with the delete option and specify the statement path the items to be summarized with aregular expression and the regular expression user host wildcard delete statement path identifier regular expression gt D NOTE When you use the wildcard command to delete related configuration items the regular expression must be the final statement If the Junos OS matches more than eight related items the CLI displays only the first eight items Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 99 CLI User Guide Deleting Interfaces fromthe Configuration Deleting Routes from the Configuration Related Documentation Delete multiple T1 interfaces in the range from t1 0 0 0 0 through t1 0 0 0 23 user host wildcard delete interfaces t1 0 0 0 matched t1 0 0 0 0 matched t1 0 0 0 1 matched t1 0 0 0 2 Delete 3 objects yes no no no Delete static routes in the range from 172 0 0 0 to 172 255 0 0 user host wildcard delete routing options static route 172 matched 172 16 0 0 12 matched 172 16 14 0 24 matched 172 16 100 0 24 matched 172 16 128 0 19 matched 172 16 160 0 24 matched 172
312. s Description Display the configuration that currently is running on the router or switch which is the last committed configuration Options none Display the entire configuration statement path Optional Display one of the following hierarchies in a configuration Each statement path option has additional suboptions not described here See the appropriate feature guide or EX Series switch documentation for more information Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc access Network access configuration access profile Access profile configuration accounting options Accounting data configuration applications Applications defined by protocol characteristics apply groups Groups from which configuration data is inherited chassis Chassis configuration chassis network services Current running mode class of service Class of service configuration diameter Diameter base protocol layer configuration ethernet switching options EX Series switch only Ethernet switching configuration event options Event processing configuration firewall Firewall configuration forwarding options Options that control packet sampling groups Configuration groups interfaces Interface configuration jsrc JSRC partition configuration jsrc partition JSRC partition configuration logical systems Logical system configuration poe EX Series switch only Power over Ethernet configuration policy opt
313. s To configure configuration groups and inheritance you can include the groups statement at the edit hierarchy level edit groups group name configuration data Include the apply groups group names statement anywhere in the configuration that the configuration statements contained in a configuration group are needed Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 8 Configuration Management Understanding How the Junos Configuration Is Stored on page 57 Understanding How the Junos Configuration Is Stored Supported Platforms Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series When you edit a configuration you work in a copy of the current configuration to create acandidate configuration The changes you make to the candidate configuration are visible in the CLI immediately so if multiple users are editing the configuration at the same time all users can see all changes To have a candidate configuration take effect you commit the changes At this point the candidate file is checked for proper syntax activated and marked as the current operational software configuration file If multiple users are editing the configuration when you commit the candidate configuration all changes made by all the users take effect In addition to saving the current configuration the CLI saves the current operat
314. s T Series This topic explains the interface naming conventions used in the Junos OS operational commands and contains the following sections Physical Part of an Interface Name on page 211 Logical Part of an Interface Name on page 212 Channel Identifier Part of an Interface Name on page 212 Physical Part of an Interface Name TheM Series Multiservices Edge Routers and the T Series Core Routers use one convention for interface naming whereas the J Series Services Routers and the SRX Series Services Gateways use another MSeries and T Series interface names On the M Series and T Series routers when you display information about an interface you specify the interface type the slot in which the Flexible PIC Concentrator FPC is installed the slot on the FPC in which the PIC is located and the configured port number In the physical part of the interface name a hyphen separates the media type from the FPC number and a slash separates the FPC PIC and port numbers type fpc pic port e NOTE Exceptions to the type fpc pic port physical description include the aggregated Ethernet and aggregated SONET SDH interfaces which use the syntax aenumber and asnumber respectively JSeries and SRX interface names On J Series and SRX devices the unique name of each network interface has the following format to identify the physical device that corresponds to a single physical network connector type slot pim or ioc
315. s T Series This topic provides an overview of Junos OS CLI operational mode commands and contains the following sections CLI Command Categories on page 231 Commonly Used Operational Mode Commands on page 233 CLI Command Categories When you log in to a device running Junos OS and the CLI starts there are several broad groups of CLI commands Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 231 CLI User Guide 232 Commands for controlling the CLI environment Some set commands in the set hierarchy configure the CLI display screen For information about these commands see Understanding the Junos OS CLI Modes Commands and Statement Hierarchies on page 5 Commands for monitoring and troubleshooting The following commands display information and statistics about the software and test network connectivity Detailed command descriptions are provided in CLI Explorer clear Clear statistics and protocol database information mtrace Trace mtrace packets from source to receiver monitor Perform real time debugging of various software components including the routing protocols and interfaces ping Determine the reachability of a remote network host show Display the current configuration and information about interfaces routing protocols routing tables routing policy filters system alarms and the chassis test Test the configuration and application of policy filters and autonomous system AS p
316. s Represents text that you type To enter configuration mode type the configure command user host gt configure Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc xvii CLI User Guide Table 2 Text and Syntax Conventions continued Convention Fixed width text like this Description Represents output that appears on the terminal screen Examples user host gt show chassis alarms No alarms currently active Italic text like this e Introduces or emphasizes important new terms e Identifies guide names e Identifies RFC and Internet draft titles e A policy term is a named structure that defines match conditions and actions e Junos OS CLI User Guide RFC1997 BGP Communities Attribute Italic text like this Represents variables options for which you substitute a value in commands or configuration statements Configure the machine s domain name edit root set system domain name domain name Text like this Represents names of configuration statements commands files and directories configuration hierarchy levels or labels on routing platform components e To configure a stub area include the stub statement at the edit protocols ospf area area id hierarchy level Theconsole port is labeled CONSOLE angle brackets Encloses optional keywords or variables stub default metric metric pipe symbol Indicates a choice between the mutually exclusive
317. s also applied at interface so 1 1 0 so that it Interface so 1 1 0 uses the default values for the hold time and link mode statements edit groups 1 groups is a top level statement global f User defined group name interfaces f lt gt hold time down 640 link mode full duplex apply groups global interfaces so 1 1 0 apply groups except global Disables inheritance from group global so 1 1 0 uses default value for hold time Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 143 CLI User Guide and link mode For information about applying a configuration group see Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 Configuration groups can add some confusion regarding the actual values used by the router because configuration data can be inherited from configuration groups To view the actual values used by the router use the display inheritance command after the pipe in a show command This command displays the inherited statements at the level at which they are inherited and the group from which they have been inherited edit user host show display inheritance snmp location West of Nowhere My Engineering Group was inherited from group basic contact My Engineering Group BasicAccess was inherited from group basic community BasicAccess f read only was inherited from group basic authorization read only To display th
318. s candidate configuration is activated and becomes the current operational configuration on both Routing Engines Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 135 CLI User Guide 136 e NOTE When you issue the commit synchronize command you must use the groups reO and rel For information about how to use the apply groups statement see Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 The responding Routing Engine must be running Junos OS Release 5 0 or later To synchronize a Routing Engine s current operational configuration file with the other log in to the Routing Engine from which you want to synchronize and issue the commit synchronize command edit user host commit synchronize commit complete edit user host e NOTE You can also add the commit synchronize statement at the edit system hierarchy level so that a commit command automatically invokes a commit synchronize command by default To enforce a commit synchronize on the Routing Engines log in to the Routing Engine from which you want to synchronize and issue the commit synchronize command with the force option edit user host commit synchronize force reO rel commit complete reO commit complete edit user host D NOTE If you have nonstop routing enabled on your router you must enter the commit synchronize command from the master Routing Engine after you make any changes to the configuration If you enter this command on
319. s in Table 3 on page 7 to navigate the levels of the configuration statement hierarchy Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 1 CLI Overview Table 3 CLI Configuration Mode Navigation Commands Command Description edit Moves to an existing configuration statement hierarchy or creates a hierarchy hierarchy level and moves to that level exit Moves up the hierarchy to the previous level where you were working This command is in effect the opposite of the edit command Alternatively you canuse the quit command The exit and quit commands are interchangeable up Moves up the hierarchy one level at a time top Moves directly to the top level of the hierarchy Related gt Introducing the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 3 Documentation Getting Started with the Junos OS Command Line Interface on page 72 Other Tools to Configure and Monitor Devices Running Junos OS Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Apart from the command line interface Junos OS also supports the following applications scripts and utilities that enable you to configure and monitor devices running Junos OS J Web graphical user interface GUI Allows you to monitor configure troubleshoot and manage the router on a client by means of a Web browser with Hypertext Transfer Protocol HTTP or HTTP over Secure Sockets Layer HTTPS enabled For more information see the J Web In
320. s saved as juniper conf gz and activated The former active configuration file is saved as the first rollback configuration file juniper conf 1 gz and all other rollback configuration files are incremented by 1 For example juniper conf 1 gz is incremented to juniper conf 2 gz making it the second rollback configuration file The router or switch can have a maximum of 49 rollback configurations 1 49 saved on the system On the router or switch the active configuration file and the first three rollback files juniper conf gz 1 juniper conf gz 2 juniper conf gz 3 are located in the config directory If the file rescue conf gz is saved on the system this file should also be saved in the config directory The factory default files are located in the etc config directory There are two mechanisms used to propagate the configurations between Routing Engines within a router or switch Synchronization Propagates a configuration from one Routing Engine to a second Routing Engine within the same router or switch chassis To synchronize configurations use the commit synchronize CLI command If one of the Routing Engines is locked the synchronization fails If synchronization fails because of a locked configuration file you can use the commit synchronize force command This command overrides the lock and synchronizes the configuration files Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 51 CLI User Guide Related Documentation D
321. s the following output 12 22 321 and a pipe filter of except 1 displays the following output 22 4 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 3 CLI Operational Mode Related Using the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 23 D tati ee Pipe Filter Functions in the Junos OS command line interface on page 25 Pipe Filter Functions in the Junos OS command line interface Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series This topic describes the pipe filter functions that are supported in the Junos OS command line interface CLI Comparing Configurations on page 25 Counting the Number of Lines of Output on page 27 Displaying Output in XML Tag Format on page 27 Displaying the RPC tags for a Command on page 27 Ignoring Output That Does Not Match a Regular Expression on page 27 Displaying Output from the First Match of a Regular Expression on page 28 Retaining Output After the Last Screen on page 28 Displaying Output Beginning with the Last Entries on page 28 Displaying Output That Matches a Regular Expression on page 29 Preventing Output from Being Paginated on page 29 Sending Command Output to Other Users on page 29 Resolving IP Addresses on page 30 Saving Output to a File on page 30 Trimming Output by Specifying the Starting Column on page 30 Comparing Configurations The compare filter compares th
322. s with routing options traceoptions traceflag task traceflag task This comment goes with routing options traceoptions traceflag general traceflag general autonomous system 10458 This comment is dropped routing options f rib groups f ifrg import rib inet O inet 2 A comment here is dropped 98 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration dvmrp rib import rib inet 2 export rib inet 2 A comment here is dropped A comment here is dropped A comment here is dropped Related Adding Comments in a Junos Configuration on page 96 Documentation Using Regular Expressions to Delete Related Items from a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The Junos OS command line interface CLI enables you to delete related configuration items simultaneously such as channelized interfaces or static routes by using a single command and regular expressions Deleting a statement or an identifier effectively unconfigures the functionality associated with that statement or identifier returning that functionality to its default condition You can only delete certain parts of the configuration where you normally put multiple items for example interfaces However you cannot delete groups of different items for example user host show system services ftp rlogin
323. sable a functionality it is activated when you issue a commit command but is treated as though it is down or administratively disabled Related Examples Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Documentation Configuration on page 95 Adding Junos Configuration Statements and Identifiers on page 85 Examples Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Deactivate an interface in the configuration edit interfaces user host show at 5 2 0 1 traceoptions f traceflag all atm options vpi O maximum vcs 256 unit O f edit interfaces user host deactivate at 5 2 0 edit interfaces user host show inactive at 5 2 0 f traceoptions f Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 95 CLI User Guide traceflag all Reactivate the interface edit interfaces user host activate at 5 2 0 edit interfaces user host show at 5 2 0 traceoptions traceflag all Related Deactivating and Reactivating Statements and Identifiers in a Junos Configuration on Documentation page 94 Adding Comments in a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can include comments in a Junos configuration to describe any statement in the configuration You can add comments interactively in the C
324. scripts to perform remote configuration edit user host exit configuration mode The configuration has been changed but not committed Exiting configuration mode user host gt Related Understanding Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 33 Documentation Modifying the Junos OS Configuration on page 39 Commit Operation When Multiple Users Configure the Software on page 39 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration on page 65 Issuing Relative Junos Configuration Mode Commands on page 91 Using the configure exclusive Command on page 71 Updating the configure private Configuration on page 72 Switching Between Junos OS CLI Operational and Configuration Modes on page 74 Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To display the current configuration for a device running Junos OS use the show configuration mode command This command displays the configuration at the current hierarchy level or at the specified level user host show lt statement path gt The configuration statements appear in a fixed order interfaces appear alphabetically by type and then in numerical order by slot number PIC number and port number Note that when you configure the router you can enter statements in any order You also can use the CLI operational mode show config
325. set maximum entries to 1 the commit server cannot add more than one job to the queue and the CLI displays an appropriate message when you try to commit more than one job Optional Configure the time in seconds to wait before starting the next batch commit operation edit system commit server user RO set commit interval 5 Optional Configure the number of days to keep error logs The default value is 30 days edit system commit server user RO set days to keep error logs 30 Optional Configure tracing operations to log batch commit events In this example the filename for logging batch commit events is commitd_nov and all traceoption flags are set edit system commit server user RO set traceoptions commitd_nov user RO set traceoptions flag all Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration Results From configuration mode confirm your configuration by entering the show system commit server command If the output does not display the intended configuration repeat the instructions in this example to correct the configuration user RO show system commit server maximum aggregate pool 4 maximum entries 500 commit interval 5 days to keep error logs 30 traceoptions f file commitd nov flag all Committing the Configuration from Batch Configuration Mode Step by Step To commit the configuration from the edit batch mode do one of the following Procedur
326. show system core dumps var tmp core No such file or directory var crash kernel No such file or directory var crash cores total 9780 rw r r 1 root wheel 4990976 Feb 9 15 39 core FPC2 core 0 060209 1539 root host gt show chassis hardware detail Hardware inventory Item Version Part number Serial number Description Chassis 23120 M20 Backplane REV 07 710 001517 AW44 31 M20 Backplane Power Supply B REV 09 740 0014 66 004233 DC Power Supply Related Overview of Junos OS CLI Operational Mode Commands on page 15 Documentation Understanding the Brief Detail Extensive and Terse Options of Junos OS Operational Commands on page 19 18 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 3 CLI Operational Mode Understanding the Brief Detail Extensive and Terse Options of Junos OS Operational Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series The Junos OS operational mode commands can include brief detail extensive or terse options You can use these options to control the amount of information you want to view 1 Use the prompt to list options available for the command For example user host gt show interfaces fe 1 1 1 Possible completions Enter Execute this command brief Display brief output descriptions Display interface description strings detail Display detailed output extensive Display extensive output media Display media information snmp
327. splay output all at once rather than one screen at a time resolve Convert IP addresses into Domain Name System DNS names Truncates to fit original size unless full names is specified To prevent the names from being truncated use the full names option request message all account terminal Display command output on the terminal of a specific user logged in to your router or on the terminals of all users logged in to your router save filename Save the output to a file or URL For information about specifying the filename see Specifying Filenames and URLs on page 219 trim columns Trim specified number of columns from the start line Required Privilege view Level Related Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 D tati pcumenianon Using the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 23 Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 24 Pipe Filter Functions in the Junos OS command line interface on page 25 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 257 CLI User Guide activate Supported Platforms Syntax Release Information Description Options Required Privilege Level Related Documentation 258 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series activate statement identifier Command introduced before Junos OS Release 7 4 Remove the inactive tag from a statement effectively addi
328. splays commit jobs that are added to the commit queue but are not committed yet Completed commits displays the list of commit jobs that are successful Error commits are commits that failed because of an error Viewing the Patch Files in a Batch Commit Job Purpose View the timestamps patch files and the status of each of the commit jobs Patch files show the configuration changes that occur in each commit operation that is added to the batch commit queue Action 1 Issue the show system commit server queue patch command to view the patches for all commit operations user RO gt show system commit server queue patch Pending commits none Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 125 CLI User Guide 126 Completed commits Id 1000 Last Modified Tue Nov 1 22 46 43 2011 Status Successfully committed 1000 Patch edit groups rel GRP DHCP POOL NOACCESS access address assignment pool lt gt family inet dhcp attributes maximum lease time 300 grace period 300 domain name verizon net name server 4 4 4 1 4 4 4 2 Id 1002 Last Modified Tue Nov 1 22 50 35 2011 Status Successfully committed 1002 Patch edit snmp community abc Id 1010 Last Modified Wed Nov 2 01 19 25 2011 Status Successfully committed 1010 Patch edit system syslog file test file j any any Error commits Id 1008
329. ssage appears and the current configuration remains active To activate the rescue configuration that you have loaded use the commit command edit user host rollback rescue load complete edit user host commit To delete an existing rescue configuration issue the request system configuration rescue delete command user host gt request system configuration rescue delete user host gt For more information about the request system configuration rescue delete and request system configuration rescue save commands see CLI Explorer Comparing Configuration Changes with a Prior Version on page 295 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 299 CLI User Guide e Saving a Configuration to a File on page 298 Rolling Back Junos OS Configuration Changes Supported Platforms 300 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series This topic shows how to use the rollback command to return to the most recently committed Junos OS configuration The rollback command is useful if you make configuration changes and then decide not to keep the changes The following procedure shows how to configure an SNMP health monitor on a device running Junos OS and then return to the most recently committed configuration that does not include the health monitor When configured the SNMP health monitor provides the network management system NMS with predefined monitoring for file system usage CPU usage and memory us
330. system commit At a Particular Time by by by by by by root via other regress via cli regress via cli root via button regress via cli root via autoinstall PDT by root via other user host gt show system commit commit requested by root via cli at Tue May 7 15 59 00 2002 show system commit At the Next Reboot user host gt show system commit commit requested by root via cli at reboot show system commit Rollback Pending user host gt show system commit 0 2005 01 05 15 00 37 PST by root via cli commit confirmed rollback in 3mins show system commit QFX Series user switch gt show system commit QO 2011 11 25 19 17 49 PST by root via cli 290 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Procedures on page 293 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CLI User Guide 292 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 26 Troubleshooting Procedures Returning to the Most Recently Committed Junos Configuration on page 293 Returning to a Previously Committed Junos OS Configuration on page 293 Creating and Returning to a Rescue Configuration on page 299 Rolling Back Junos OS Configuration Changes on page 300 Returning to the Most Recently Committed Junos Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series OFX Series T Series To return to the most recently committed configuration and load it into configuration mode without a
331. t My Engineering Group community BasicAccess f authorization read only For information about how to disable inheritance of a configuration group see Disabling Inheritance of a Junos OS Configuration Group on page 143 Related Example Creating and Applying Configuration Groups on a TX Matrix Router on page 142 Documentation Example Configuring Interfaces Using Junos OS Configuration Groups on page 152 Example Configuring Peer Entities on page 155 Example Referencing the Preset Statement From the Junos defaults Group on page 161 Example Viewing Default Statements That Have Been Applied to the Configuration on page 162 Example Configuring Sets of Statements with Configuration Groups on page 151 Example Configuring a Consistent IP Address for the Management Interface on page 154 Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 141 CLI User Guide Example Creating and Applying Configuration Groups on a TX Matrix Router Supported Platforms LN Series T640 TX Matrix The following example shows how to configure and apply configuration groups on a TX Matrix Router edit groups reO Routing Engine O on TX Matrix router system host name hostname backup router jp address interfaces f fxpO f unit O family inet f address ip adaress rel f Routing Engine 1 on TX Matrix router system host name hostname backup rou
332. t O family inet address 192 168 9 15 32 destination 192 168 9 192 set interfaces loO unit O family inet address 127 0 0 1 32 Related Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 63 Documentation Displaying Users Currently Editing the Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To display the users currently editing the configuration use the status configuration mode command user host status Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 67 CLI User Guide Related Documentation Users currently editing the configuration rchen terminal pO pid 55691 on since 2006 03 01 13 17 25 PST edit interfaces The system displays who is editing the configuration rchen where the user is logged in terminal pO the date and time the user logged in 2006 03 01 13 17 25 PST and what level of the hierarchy the user is editing edit interfaces If you issue the status configuration mode command and a user has scheduled a candidate configuration to become active for a future time the system displays who scheduled the commit root where the user is logged in terminal dO the date and time the user logged in 2002 10 31 14 55 15 PST and that a commit is pending commit at edit user host status Users currently editing the configuration root terminal dO pid 767 on since 2002 10 31 14 55 15 PST idle 00 03 09 commit at For information about how to schedule a co
333. t information command to a file named my support info txt user host gt request support information save my support info txt Wrote 1143 lines of output to my support info txt user host gt Trimming Output by Specifying the Starting Column 30 Output appears on the terminal screen in terms of rows and columns The first alphanumeric character starting at the left of the screen is in column 1 the second character is in column 2 and so on To display output starting from a specific column thus trimming the leftmost portion of the output enter trim columns after the pipe symbol The trim filter is useful for trimming the date and time from the beginning of system log messages The following example displays output from the show system storage command filtering out the first 10 columns Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 3 CLI Operational Mode user host gt show system storage trim 11 Related Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output Documentation on page 24 Using the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 23 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 31 CLI User Guide 32 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 4 CLI Configuration Mode Understanding Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 33 e Modifying the Junos OS Configuration on page 39 Commit Operation When Multiple Users Configure the Software on pag
334. t transmission resulting in possible loss of data none Same as gracefully adaptive services Optional Restart the configuration management process that manages the configuration for stateful firewall Network Address Translation NAT intrusion detection services IDS and IP Security IPsec services on the Adaptive Services PIC all chassis TX Matrix and TX Matrix Plus routers only Optional Restart the software process on all chassis all lcc TX Matrix and TX Matrix Plus routers only Optional For a TX Matrix router restart the software process on all T640 routers connected to the TX Matrix router For a TX Matrix Plus router restart the software process on all T1600 routers connected to the TX Matrix Plus router all members MX Series routers only Optional Restart the software process for all members of the Virtual Chassis configuration all sfc TX Matrix Plus routers only Optional For a TX Matrix Plus router restart the software processes for the TX Matrix Plus router or switch fabric chassis ancpd service Optional Restart the Access Node Control Protocol ANCP process which works with a special Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP session to collect outgoing interface mapping events in a scalable manner application identification Optional Restart the process that identifies an application using intrusion detection and prevention IDP to allow or deny traffic based on applicati
335. tches a Regular Expression 29 Preventing Output from Being Paginated 29 Sending Command Output to Other Users 29 Resolving IP Addresses 30 Saving Output toa File ipa odd p EE ra AER RUE UD Bude rent 30 Trimming Output by Specifying the Starting Column 30 CLI Configuration Mode 33 Understanding Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode 33 Configuration Mode Commands 34 Configuration Statements and Identifiers 35 Configuration Statement Hierarchy 37 Modifying the Junos OS Configuration 39 Commit Operation When Multiple Users Configure the Software 39 Forms of the configure Command 40 Additional Details About Specifying Junos Statements and Identifiers 42 Specifying Statements 42 Performing CLI Type Checking 44 CL Advanced Features 525 c2 orna tame ta sede San edad Seams 47 Using Keyboard Sequences to Move Around and Edit the Junos OSCLI 47 Using Wildcard Characters in Interface Names 49 Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration
336. tements omitted by the apply flags omit configuration statement set Display the configuration as a series of configuration mode commands required to re create the configuration xml Operational mode only Display the command output as Junos XML protocol Extensible Markup Language XML tags except pattern lgnore text matching a regular expression when searching the output If the regular expression contains spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose it in quotation marks find pattern Display the output starting at the first occurrence of text matching a regular expression If the regular expression contains spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose it in quotation marks last lines Display the last number of lines you want to view from the end of the configuration However when the number of lines requested is less than the number of lines that the screen length setting permits you to display Junos returns as many lines Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 25 Operational Commands as permitted by the screen length setting For more information on using the last lines option see Displaying Output Beginning with the Last Entries on page 28 hold Hold text without exiting the More prompt match pattern Search for text matching a regular expression If the regular expression contains spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose it in quotation marks no more Di
337. ter ip address interfaces f fxpO unit O family inet f address ip adaress lccO re0 Routing Engine O on T640 router numbered O system host name hostname backup router ip address interfaces f fxpO unit O family inet f address ip address 142 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups lccO rel Routing Engine 1 on T640 router numbered O system host name hostname backup router ip address interfaces fxpO unit O family inet f address ip adaress apply groups reO rel lccO reO lccO rel J Related Example Configuring and Applying Junos Configuration Groups on page 140 D tati DENAIN PR Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Disabling Inheritance of a Junos OS Configuration Group Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To disable inheritance of a configuration group at any level except the top level of the hierarchy include the apply groups except statement apply groups except group names This statement is useful when you use the apply group statement at a specific hierarchy level but also want to override the values inherited from the configuration group for a specific parameter Example Disabling In the following example the apply groups statement is applied globally at the interfaces Inheritanceon level The apply groups except statement i
338. ter the pipe symbol If the regular expression contains any spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose it in quotation marks For information on common regular expression operators see Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 24 The following example displays the routes in the routing table starting at IP address 208 197 169 0 user host gt show route find 208 197 169 0 208 197 169 0 24 Static 5 1d 13 22 11 gt to 192 168 4 254 via so 3 0 0 0 224 0 0 5 32 OSPF 10 1d 13 22 12 metric 1 iso 0 1 destinations 1 routes 1 active 0 holddown O hidden Active Route Last Active Both 47 0005 80ff f800 0000 0108 0001 1921 6800 4015 00 160 Direct 0 1d 13 22 12 gt via 100 0 The following example displays the first CCC entry in the forwarding table user host gt show route forwarding table find ccc Routing table ccc MPLS Interface Label Type RtRef Nexthop Type Index NhRef Netif default perm 0 rjct 3 1 0 user 0 recv 5 2 1 user 0 recv 5 2 32769 user 0 ucst 45 1 fe 0 0 0 534 fe 0 0 0 CCC user 0 indr 44 2 10 0 16 2 Push 32768 Push Retaining Output After the Last Screen To not return immediately to the CLI prompt after viewing the last screen of output enter hold after the pipe symbol The following example prevents returning to the CLI prompt after you have viewed the last screen of output from the show log log file 1 command
339. terface User Guide Junos XML management protocol Application programmers can use the Junos XML management protocol to monitor and configure Juniper Networks routers Juniper Networks provides a Perl module with the API to help you more quickly and easily develop custom Perl scripts for configuring and monitoring routers For more information see the Junos XML Management Protocol Developer Guide NETCONF Application Programming Interface API Application programmers can also use the NETCONF XML management protocol to monitor and configure Juniper Networks routers For more information see the NETCONF XML Management Protocol Developer Guide Junos OS commit scripts and self diagnosis features You can define scripts to enforce custom configuration rules use commit script macros to provide simplified aliases for frequently used configuration statements and configure diagnostic event policies and actions associated with each policy For more information see the Junos OS Configuration and Operations Automation Library Management Information Bases MIBs You can use enterprise specific and standard MIBS to retrieve information about the hardware and software components on a Juniper Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 7 CLI User Guide Networks router For more information about MIBs see the SNMP MIBs and Traps Monitoring and Troubleshooting Guide for Security Devices Related Introducing the Junos OS Command Line
340. terface used for the TX Matrix Plus router T1600 routers in a routing matrix and PTX Series Packet Transport Switches is emO Junos OS automatically creates the router s management Ethernet interface emO Related Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 D tati MERI OMM Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Example Configuring Interfaces Using Junos OS Configuration Groups on page 152 Example Configuring Peer Entities Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 155 CLI User Guide In this example we create a group some isp that contains configuration data relating to another Internet service provider ISP We can then insert apply group statements at any point to allow any location in the configuration hierarchy to inherit this data edit user host show groups f some isp f interfaces f xe 1 gigether options flow control protocols f bgp group lt gt neighbor lt gt remove private pim interface f version 1 interfaces f xe 0 0 0 1 apply groups some isp unit O family inet f address 10 0 0 1 24 protocols f bgp group main neighbor 10 254 0 1 f apply groups some isp pim interface xe 0 0 0 0 apply groups some isp 156 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and App
341. terfaces ge 0 0 0 1 unit 0 1 family vpls H ge 0 0 1 unit O 1 family vpls ge 0 0 2 unit O 1 family vpls ge 0 0 3 1 unit O 1 family vpls ge 0 0 23 unit O 1 family vpls The output indicates that 24 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces ranging from ge 0 0 0 through ge 0 0 23 are created Using Wildcard Characters in Interface Names on page 49 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration e Verifying a Junos Configuration on page 105 Example Protecting the Junos OS Configuration from Modification or Deletion on page 105 Committing a Junos OS Configuration on page 112 Committing a Junos Configuration and Exiting Configuration Mode on page 114 e Activating a Junos Configuration but Requiring Confirmation on page 115 Scheduling a Junos Commit Operation on page 116 Monitoring the Junos Commit Process on page 117 Adding a Comment to Describe the Committed Configuration on page 118 Backing Up the Committed Configuration on the Alternate Boot Drive on page 119 Example Configuring Junos OS Batch Commits on page 120 Verifying a Junos Configuration Supported Platforms Related Documentation EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To verify that the syntax of a Junos configuration is correct use the configuration mode commit check command edit user host commit check configuration che
342. terval 7 dead interval 28 edit user host 2 If you decide not to run OSPF on the first interface delete the statement edit user host edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host delete interface so 0 0 0 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 user host top edit user host show protocols f ospf f area 0 0 0 0 f interface so 0 0 1 f hello interval 7 dead interval 28 edit user host Everything inside the statement you deleted was deleted with it You can also eliminate the entire OSPF configuration by simply entering delete protocols ospf while at the top level 3 If you decide to use the default values for the hello and dead intervals on your remaining interface but you want OSPF to run on that interface delete the hello and dead interval timers edit user host edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host delete hello interval edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host delete dead interval edit protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 1 user host top edit user host show Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 9 Getting Started with Junos OS Configuration protocols f ospf f area 0 0 0 0 f interface so O 0 1 edit user host You can set multiple statements at the same time as long as they are all part of the same
343. th identifier 7 its child statement metric and its corresponding attribute 7O all appear on a single line in the hierarchy edit protocols isis f interface ge 0 0 0 0 f level 1 metric 70 Likewise in the following example dynamic profile dynamic profile name aggregate clients is a oneliner because the dynamic profile statement its identifier dynamic profile name and leaf statement aggregate clients all appear on one line when you run the show command in the configuration mode edit forwarding options user host show dhcp relay dynamic profile dynamic profile name aggregate clients Entering and Exiting the Junos OS CLI Configuration Mode on page 61 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 4 CLI Configuration Mode Modifying the Junos OS Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series To configure a device running Junos OS or to modify an existing Junos configuration you add statements to the configuration For each statement hierarchy you create the hierarchy starting with a statement at the top level and continuing with statements that move progressively lower in the hierarchy To modify the hierarchy you use two configuration mode commands edit Moves to a particular hierarchy level If that hierarchy level does not exist the edit command creates it The edit command has the following syntax edit statement path set Creates
344. the backup Routing Engine the Junos OS displays a warning and commits the configuration Starting with Junos OS Release 9 3 accounting of backup Routing Engine events or operations is not supported on accounting servers such as TACACS or RADIUS Accounting is only supported for events or operations on a master Routing Engine Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 Example Configuring and Applying Junos Configuration Groups on page 140 Example Creating and Applying Configuration Groups on a TX Matrix Router on page 142 Disabling Inheritance of a Junos OS Configuration Group on page 143 e Using Wildcards with Configuration Groups on page 145 Example Using Conditions to Apply Configuration Groups on page 148 Example Configuring Sets of Statements with Configuration Groups on page 151 Example Configuring Interfaces Using Junos OS Configuration Groups on page 152 Example Configuring a Consistent IP Address for the Management Interface on page 154 Example Configuring Peer Entities on page 155 Establishing Regional Configurations on page 157 e Selecting Wildcard Names on page 159 Using Junos OS Defaults Groups on page 160 Example Referencing the Preset Statement From the Junos defaults Group on page 161 Example Viewing De
345. the available commands and options and then redisplays the command names and options that you typed user host gt clear Possible completions arp Clear address resolution information bgp Clear BGP information chassis Clear chassis information firewall Clear firewall counters igmp Clear IGMP information interfaces Clear interface information ilmi Clear ILMI statistics information isis Clear IS IS information ldp Clear LDP information log Clear contents of a log file mpls Clear MPLS information msdp Clear MSDP information multicast Clear Multicast information ospf Clear OSPF information pim Clear PIM information rip Clear RIP information route Clear routing table information rsvp Clear RSVP information snmp Clear SNMP information system Clear system status vrrp Clear VRRP statistics information user host gt clear If you type the question mark in the middle of a command name the CLI lists possible command completions that match the letters you have entered so far It then redisplays the letters that you typed For example to list all operational mode commands that start with the letter c type the following user host gt c Possible completions clear Clear information in the system configure Manipulate software configuration information user host gt c For introductory information on using the question mark or the help command you can also type help and press Enter user host gt help Getting
346. thods Online feedback rating system On any page at the Juniper Networks Technical Documentation site at http www juniper net techpubs index html simply click the starstorate the content and use the pop up form to provide us with information about your experience Alternately you can use the online feedback form at https www juniper net cgi bin docbugreport E mail Send your comments to techpubs comments juniper net Include the document or topic name URL or page number and software version if applicable Requesting Technical Support Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center JTAC If you are a customer with an active J Care or JNASC support contract or are covered under warranty and need post sales technical support you can access our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC JTAC policies For a complete understanding of our JTAC procedures and policies review the JTAC User Guide located at http www juniper net us en local pdf resource guides 7100059 en pdf Product warranties For product warranty information visit http www juniper net support warranty JTAC hours of operation The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day 7 days a week 365 days a year Self Help Online Tools and Resources For quick and easy problem resolution Juniper Networks has designed an online self service portal called the Customer Support
347. tifier Optional Name of the statement or identifier to delete regular expression Optional The pattern based on which you want to delete multiple items When you use the wildcard command to delete related configuration items the regular expression must be the final statement statement path Optional Path to an existing statement or identifier Include this if the statement or identifier to be deleted is not at the current hierarchy level configure To enter configuration mode Other required privilege levels depend on where the statement is located in the configuration hierarchy Example Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration Using the upto Option on page 173 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 207 CLI User Guide 208 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc PART 3 Administration CLI Operational Mode on page 211 Routine Monitoring on page 213 Managing the CLI Environment on page 229 CLI Advanced Features on page 237 Junos OS CLI Environment Commands on page 239 Operational Commands on page 255 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 209 CLI User Guide 210 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 20 CLI Operational Mode Interface Naming Conventions Used in the Junos OS Operational Commands on page 211 Interface Naming Conventions Used in the Junos OS Operational Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Serie
348. ting engine Routing Engine status Master Master default 31 degrees C 87 degrees F 32 degrees C 89 degrees F 768 MB 84 percent percent percent percent percent percent RE 2 0 ooroo Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 21 Routine Monitoring Serial ID b10000078c10d701 Start time 2005 12 28 13 52 00 PST Uptime 12 days 3 hours 44 minutes 19 seconds Load averages 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute 0 02 0 01 0 00 Use the show system storage command to view available storage on the device root gt show system storage Filesystem Size Used Avail Capacity Mounted on dev ad0s1a 865M 127M 669M 16 devfs 1 0K 1 0K OB 100 dev devfs 1 0K 1 0K OB 100 dev dev mdO 30M 30M OB 100 packages mnt jbase dev md1 158M 158M 0B 100 packages mnt jkernel 9 3B1 5 dev md2 16M 16M 0B 100 packages mnt jpfe M7i 9 3B1 5 dev md3 3 8M 3 8M OB 100 packages mnt jdocs 9 3B1 5 dev md4 44M 44M 0B 100 packages mnt jroute 9 3B1 5 dev md5 12M 12M 0B 100 packages mnt jcrypto 9 3B1 5 dev md6 25M 25M 0B 100 packages mnt jpfe common 9 3B1 5 dev md7 1 5G 196K 1 4G 0 tmp dev md8 1 5G 910K 1 4G 0 mfs dev ad0s1e 96M 38K 88M 0 config procfs 4 0K 4 0K OB 100 proc dev ad1s1f 17G 2 6G 13G 17 var Related Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History on page 166 D tati PEPRIERESUEN Managing Programs and Processes Using Junos OS Operational Mode Commands on page 222 e Viewing Fi
349. tion but are not activated when you issue a commit command To deactivate a statement or identifier use the deactivate configuration mode command user host deactivate statement identifier To reactivate a statement or identifier use the activate configuration mode command user host activate statement identifier In both commands the statement and identifier you specify must be at the current hierarchy level Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 10 Updating the Junos OS Configuration e NOTE In Junos OS Release 10 3 and later you can only deactivate identifiers or complete one liner statements You cannot deactivate just parts of a one liner such as only child or leaf statements For example in the following configuration edit forwarding options dhcp relay dynamic profile dynamic profile name aggregate clients You can deactivate the complete one liner dynamic profile dynamic profile name aggregate clients However you cannot deactivate only the aggregate clients statement from the one liner statement In some portions of the configuration hierarchy you can include a disable statement to disable functionality One example is disabling an interface by including the disable statement at the edit interface interface name hierarchy level When you deactivate a statement that specific object or property is completely ignored and is not applied at all when you issue a commit command When you di
350. tions policy statement Related Examples Using the Junos OS CLI Command Completion on page 165 D tati ocumentanon Displaying the Junos OS CLI Command and Word History on page 166 Examples Using the Junos OS CLI Command Completion Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following examples show how you can use the command completion feature in Junos OS Issue the show interfaces command user host gt sh Space ow i Space i is ambiguous Possible completions igmp Show information about IGMP interface Show interface information isis Show information about IS IS user host gt show in Space terfaces Physical interface at 0 1 0 Enabled Physical link is Up Interface index 11 SNMP ifIndex 65 Link level type ATM PVC MTU 4482 Clocking Internal SONET mode Speed OC12 Loopback None Payload scrambler Enabled Device flags Present Running Link flags 0x01 user host gt Display a list of all log files whose names start with the string messages and then display the contents of one of the files user myhost gt show log mes Possible completions lt filename gt Log file to display messagesSize 1417052 Last changed Mar 3 00 messages 0 gzSize 145575 Last changed Mar messages 1 gzSize 134253 Last changed Mar messages 10 gzSize 137022 Last changed Mar messages 2 grSize 137112 Last changed Mar 3 00 00 23 00 14 00 22 00 3 3 2 2 2
351. u are in operational mode 2 Type the following command user host gt restart process name immediately gracefully soft gt process name is the name of the process that you want to restart For example Chapter 21 Routine Monitoring routing or class of service You can use the command completion feature of Junos OS to see a list of software processes that you can restart using this command e gracefully restarts the software process after performing clean up tasks e immediately restarts the software process without performing any clean up tasks soft rereads and reactivates the configuration without completely restarting the software processes For example BGP peers stay up and the routing table stays constant The following example shows how to restart the routing process user host gt restart routing Routing protocol daemon started pid 751 When a process restarts the process identifer PID is updated See Figure 14 on page 225 Figure 14 Restarting a Process PID before restart USERNAME PRI NICE root root root PID after restart Stopping the Junos OS 10 2 2 0 0 0 SIZE 9096K 1720K nanslp 0 21 0 00 0 12716K 3840K kqread 0 01 0 00 0 8792K 1544K select 0 01 0 00 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RES STATE 7732K 10292K 816K 1308K 21716K 8208K 818 8K 1632K 7480K 12716K 8708K 185 6K 7808K TIME WCPU 0000000000 CPU COMMAND 00 chassisd
352. ude certain values from a range include the portion to be excluded with in the syntax edit user host wildcard range protect event options policy p 1 5 3 4 Expands to the following set commands edit user host set protect event options policy pl user host set protect event options policy p2 user host set protect event options policy p5 Specifying a Range with a Step Number You can provide a step number for a range to have a constant interval in the range To provide a step include the step value in the syntax preceded by a forward slash edit user host wildcard range protect event options policy p 1 10 2 Expands to the following set commands edit user host set protect event options policy pl user host set protect event options policy p3 user host set protect event options policy p5 user host set protect event options policy p7 user host set protect event options policy p9 Confirm that the configuration is working properly e Checking the Configuration on page 103 Checking the Configuration Check the configuration created using the wildcard range option The following sample shows output for the configuration described in Using the Range Option for Configuring a Series of Named Identifiers for a Configuration Statement on page 101 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 103 CLI User Guide 104 Action Meaning Related Documentation user host gt show configuration in
353. uilder on 2007 08 08 00 40 05 UTC EVENTD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 39 55 UTC L2CPD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 41 04 UTC MPLSOAMD release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 45 11 UTC jroute dd release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 31 01 UTC jkernel dd release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 30 30 UTC jcrypto dd release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 30 12 UTC jdocs dd release 8 4R1 13 built by builder on 2007 08 08 00 02 52 UTC user host gt Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 221 CLI User Guide Related Documentation Managing Programs and Processes Using Junos OS Operational Mode Commands on page 222 Managing Programs and Processes Using Junos OS Operational Mode Commands Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series This topic shows some examples of Junos operational commands that you can use to manage programs and processes on a device running Junos OS Sections include Showing Software Processes on page 222 Restarting a Junos OS Process on page 224 Stopping the Junos OS on page 225 Rebooting the Junos OS on page 226 Showing Software Processes 222 To verify system operation or to begin diagnosing an error condition you may need to display information about software processes running on the device To show software processes 1 2 Make sure you are in operational mode
354. umber date time and name of the user who issued the commit configuration command The currently operational Junos OS configuration is stored in the file juniper conf and the last three committed configurations are stored in the files juniper conf 1 juniper conf 2 and juniper conf 3 These four files are located in the directory config which is on the router s flash drive The remaining 46 previous committed configurations the files juniper conf 4 through juniper conf 49 are stored in the directory var db config which is on the router s hard disk During rollback the configuration you specify is loaded from the associated file Only objects in the rollback configuration that differ from the previously loaded configuration are marked as changed equivalent to load update none Optional Return to the most recently saved configuration number Optional Configuration to return to The range of values is from O through 49 The most recently saved configuration is number O and the oldest saved configuration is number 49 The default is O rescue Optional Return to the rescue configuration rollback To roll back to configurations other than the one most recently committed Returning to a Previously Committed Junos OS Configuration on page 293 Creating and Returning to a Rescue Configuration on page 297 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 195 CLI User Guide run Supported Platforms Syntax Release
355. umentation You can enter any of the pipe filters in conjunction For example user host gt command match regular expression save filename Pipe Filter Functions in the Junos OS command line interface on page 25 Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output on page 24 Using Regular Expressions with the Pipe Symbol to Filter Junos Command Output Supported Platforms 24 EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The except find and match filters used with the pipe symbol employ regular expressions to filter output Juniper Networks uses the regular expressions as defined in POSIX 1003 2 If the regular expressions contain spaces operators or wildcard characters enclose the expression in quotation marks Table 5 Common Regular Expression Operators in Operational Mode Commands Operator Function Indicates that a match can be one of the two terms on either side of the pipe i Used at the beginning of an expression denotes where a match should begin S Used at the end of an expression denotes that a term must be matched exactly up to the point of the character 1 Specifies a range of letters or digits to match To separate the start and end of a range use a hyphen O0 Specifies a group of terms to match For example if a command produces the following output 12 22 321 4 a pipe filter of match 2 display
356. up Inheritance with Conditional Data on page 150 Checking Group Inheritance with Conditional Data Purpose Verify that conditional data from a configuration group is inherited when applied Action The show display inheritance operational command can be issued with the when data to display the conditional inheritance Using this example you could issue one of these commands to determine that the conditional data was inherited user host gt show display inheritance when model mx240 user host gt show display inheritance when chassis lccO user host gt show display inheritance when routing engine reO user host gt show display inheritance when member memberO user host gt show display inheritance when node nodeO user host gt show display inheritance when time 9 to 5 Related Understanding the Junos Configuration Groups on page 55 D tati ocumentaton Creating a Junos Configuration Group on page 137 Applying a Junos Configuration Group on page 139 150 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 14 Creating and Applying Junos OS Configuration Groups Example Configuring Sets of Statements with Configuration Groups Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series When sets of statements exist in configuration groups all values are inherited For example edit user host show groups basic f snmp interface so 1 1 1 0 apply groups basic snmp inte
357. uration command to display the last committed current configuration which is the configuration currently running on the router user host gt show configuration Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 63 CLI User Guide When you show a configuration a timestamp at the top of the configuration indicates when the configuration was last changed Last commit 2006 07 18 11 21 58 PDT by echen version 8 3 If you have omitted a required statement at a particular hierarchy level when you issue the show command in configuration mode a message indicates which statement is missing As long as a mandatory statement is missing the CLI continues to display this message each time you issue a show command For example edit user host show protocols f pim interface so 0 0 0 f priority 4 version 2 Warning missing mandatory statement s mode Related Example Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration on page 64 D tati ocumentaton Displaying set Commands from the Junos OS Configuration on page 65 Example Displaying the Current Junos OS Configuration Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series The following example shows how you can display the current Junos configuration To display the entire configuration edit user host set protocols ospf area 0 0 0 0 interface so 0 0 0 hello interval 5 edit user host show protocols f ospf area 0 0 0 0 f interface
358. uration group mechanism is separate from the grouping mechanisms used elsewhere in the configuration such as BGP groups Configuration groups provide a generic mechanism that can be used throughout the configuration but that are known only to Junos OS command line interface CLI The individual software processes that perform the actions directed by the configuration receive the expanded form of the configuration they have no knowledge of configuration groups Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 55 CLI User Guide Inheritance Model Configuration groups use true inheritance which involves a dynamic ongoing relationship between the source of the configuration data and the target of that data Data values changed in the configuration group are automatically inherited by the target The target need not contain the inherited information although the inherited values can be overridden in the target without affecting the source from which they were inherited This inheritance model allows you to see only the instance specific information without seeing the inherited details A command pipe in configuration mode allows you to display the inherited data Configuring Configuration Groups 56 Related Documentation For areas of your configuration to inherit configuration statements you must first put the statements into a configuration group and then apply that group to the levels in the configuration hierarchy that require the statement
359. user host gt fe 0 0 0 If you scroll completely to the beginning of the list pressing Esc or Alt again restarts scrolling from the last word entered e Junos OS CLI Online Help Features on page 11 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 16 CLI Configuration Mode Example Using the configure Command on page 167 Example Using the configure Command Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series If when you enter configuration mode another user is also in configuration mode a message shows who the user is and what part of the configuration that user is viewing or editing user host gt configure Entering configuration mode Current configuration users root terminal p3 pid 1088 on since 1999 05 13 01 03 27 EDT edit interfaces so 3 0 0 unit O family inet The configuration has been changed but not committed edit user host If when you enter configuration mode the configuration contains changes that have not been committed a message appears user host gt configure Entering configuration mode The configuration has been changed but not committed edit user host Related Forms of the configure Command on page 40 Documentation Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc 167 CLI User Guide 168 Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc CHAPTER 17 Controlling the CLI Environment Example Controlling the CLI Environment on page 169 Example Co
360. ver is Not running The commit server starts running only when a batch commit job is added to the queue When a batch commit job is added to the queue the status of the commit server changes to Running user RO gt show system commit server Commit server status Running Jobs in process 1003 1004 1005 The Jobs in process field lists the commit IDs of jobs that are in process Checking the Batch Commit Status Check the commit server queue for the status of the batch commits Copyright 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 11 Committing a Junos OS Configuration Action user RO gt show system commit server queue Pending commits Id 1005 Last Modified Tue Nov 1 23 56 43 2011 Completed commits Id 1000 Last Modified Tue Nov 1 22 46 43 2011 Status Successfully committed 1000 Id 1002 Last Modified Tue Nov 1 22 50 35 2011 Status Successfully committed 1002 Id 1004 Last Modified Tue Nov 1 22 51 48 2011 Status Successfully committed 1004 Id 1007 Last Modified Wed Nov 2 01 08 04 2011 Status Successfully committed 1007 Id 1009 Last Modified Wed Nov 2 01 16 45 2011 Status Successfully committed 1009 Id 1010 Last Modified Wed Nov 2 01 19 25 2011 Status Successfully committed 1010 Id 1011 Last Modified Wed Nov 2 01 28 16 2011 Status Successfully committed 1011 Error commits Id 1008 Last Modified Wed Nov 2 01 08 18 2011 Status Error while commiting 1008 Meaning Pending commits di
361. with Junos OS Release 8 3 output from the show compare command has been enhanced to more accurately reflect configuration changes This includes more intelligent handling of order changes in lists For example consider names in a group that are reordered as follows groups groups group_xmp group_xmp group_cmp group_grp group grp group cmp In previous releases output from the show compare command looked like the following edit groups group xmp group cmp group grp group xmp group grp group cmp Now output from the show compare command looks like the following edit groups group xmp 1 group grp Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 3 CLI Operational Mode Counting the Number of Lines of Output To count the number of lines in the output from a command enter count after the pipe symbol For example user host gt show configuration count Count 269 lines Displaying Output in XML Tag Format To display command output in XML tag format enter display xml after the pipe symbol 1 The following example displays the show cli directory command output as XML tags user host gt show cli directory display xml rpc reply xmins junos http xml juniper net junos 7 510 junos gt cli lt working directory gt var home regress lt working directory gt lt cli gt lt cli gt lt banner gt lt banner gt lt cli gt lt rpc r
362. y executed commands Command ene ree ee ee eee eee Lines Scroll forward through the list of Ctrl n recently executed commands Search the CLI history inreverseorder Ctrl r for lines matching the search string Search the CLI history bytyping some Esc text at the prompt followed by the keyboard sequence The CLI attempts to expand the text into the most recent word in the history for which the text is a prefix Display Scroll backward through the list of Esc or Alt Previous recently entered words in a command Command line Words Repeat Specify the number of times to Esc number sequence or Alt number Keyboard execute a keyboard sequence sequence Sequences number can be from 1 through 9 and sequence is the keyboard sequence that you want to execute Related Documentation Using Wildcard Characters in Interface Names on page 49 48 Copyright O 2014 Juniper Networks Inc Chapter 5 CLI Advanced Features Using Global Replace in a Junos Configuration on page 49 Using Wildcard Characters in Interface Names Supported Platforms EX Series LN Series M Series MX Series PTX Series T Series You can use wildcard characters in the Junos OS operational commands to specify groups of interface names without having to type each name individually Table 11 on page 49 lists the available wildcard characters You must enclose all wildcard characters except the asterisk in quotation marks Table 11 Wildca

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

CLS Luxo 6 - supersonic  Philips Brilliance LCD monitor, LED backlight 220P4LPYES  船舶事故等調査報告書（軽微）    TAFCO WINDOWS NU2-040S-I Installation Guide  Marquage CE : ce n`est pas une marque de qualité d`un  Plantronics HW251  - Murdoch Research Repository  Installation and Test Manual  HK654200IB EN INDUCTION HOB USER MANUAL  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file